Anexo c screw-conveyor

Stock & MTO Screw Conveyor Components

ANGLE FLANGED “U” TROUGH FORM FLANGED “U” TROUGH

TUBULAR HOUSING FLAT RACk AND PINION TROUGH ENDSDISCHARGE GATE wITH AND wITHOUT FEET

THRUST ASSEMBLyTyPE E INLETS AND DISCHARGE SPOUTS

wITH DRIVE SHAFT DISCHARGE SPLIT GLAND

PACkING GLAND DROP-OUTSHAFT SEAL wASTE PACk PLATE SHAFT SEAL

COMPRESSION TyPE SHAFT SEAL SHAFT SEAL FLANGED PRODUCT

HELICOID SCREwS HELICOID FLIGHTINGRIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND

Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stockcomponents in the industry. We stock mild steel,stainless, galvanized, and many other items that are“special order” from the others in the industry.

Screw Conveyor Components and Accessories

SHAFTLESS SCREw

H-2

SECTIONAL SCREwS SPECIAL SCREwS

COUPLINGSECTIONAL FLIGHTS SHAFTS ELEVATOR BUCkETS

HANGER HANGER HANGERSTyLE 220 STyLE 226 STyLE 216

HANGER HANGER TROUGH END BEARINGSSTyLE 70 STyLE 19B BALL AND ROLLER

HANGER BEARINGS STyLE 220/226

Martin HARD IRON

Martin BRONZE

NyLATRONwHITE NyLON

wOOD CERAMIC SADDLES AND FEET

SCREw CONVEyOR DRIVE SPEED REDUCER FLANGED COVERwITH ACCESSORIES SHAFT MOUNTED wITH ACCESSORIES

wITH ACCESSORIES.

H1 - H-32 FOR MHC-2010-elf_H1 - H-16 4/23/14 3:44 PM Page H-2

H-3

IntroductionThe following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly

design and layout most conveyor applications. The information has been compiled from manyyears of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards.

we hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size ofscrew conveyor that will best suit your needs.

The “Screw Conveyor Design Procedure” on the following page gives ten step-by-stepinstructions for properly designing a screw conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tablesand formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screwconveyor for most applications.

If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you tocontact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions.

Engineering

SECTION IENGINEERING SECTION I

Introduction to Engineering Section ..................................................................... H-3

Screw Conveyor Design Procedure...................................................................... H-4

Material Classification Code Chart....................................................................... H-5

Material Characteristics Tables ............................................................................ H-6

Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed .............................................................. H-16

Capacity Factor Tables ....................................................................................... H-17

Capacity Table.................................................................................................... H-18

Lump Size Limitations and Table........................................................................ H-19

Component Group Selection.............................................................................. H-20

Hanger Bearing Selection .................................................................................. H-22

Horsepower Calculation ..................................................................................... H-23

Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components ...................................................... H-26

Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components ................................................. H-27

Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Thermal Expansion........................................ H-28

Screw Conveyor Deflection ................................................................................ H-29

Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors .............................................................. H-31

Screw Feeders ................................................................................................... H-32

Appendix General Engineering Information ...........................................................i-1


H-4

Design

SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE

1. Type of material to be conveyed.2. Maximum size of hard lumps.3. Percentage of hard lumps by volume.4. Capacity required, in cu.ft./hr.5. Capacity required, in lbs./hr.6. Distance material to be conveyed.7. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations.

EstablishknownFactors

Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, if the material is included in Table 1-2, use the classification shown in Table 1-2.

ClassifyMaterial

Determine design capacity as described on pages H-16–H-18.DetermineDesignCapacity

STEP 3

STEP 1

STEP 2

Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classification, and %trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6.

DetermineDiameterand Speed

CheckMinimum ScrewDiameter forLump SizeLimitations

Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps, check minimumscrew diameter from Table 1-7.

STEP 4

STEP 5

From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to be conveyed. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing recommended.

DetermineType ofBearings

STEP 6

DetermineHorsepower

STEP 7From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor “F

m” for the material to be

conveyed. Refer to page H-23 and calculate horsepower by the formulamethod.

Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to pages H-26 and H-27 tocheck capacities of standard conveyor pipe, shafts and coupling bolts.

Check Torsionaland/or Horsepowerratings of StandardConveyorComponents

STEP 8

SelectComponents

STEP 9

Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance withComponent Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Selectbalance of components from the Components Section of catalog.

Refer to pages H-39 and H-40 for typical layout details.ConveyorLayoutsSTEP 10


No. 200 Sieve (.0029") And UnderVery Fine No. 100 Sieve (.0059") And Under

No. 40 Sieve (.016") And Under

Fine No. 6 Sieve (.132") And Under

1⁄2" And Under (6" Sieve to 1⁄2")Granular 3" And Under (1⁄2" to 3")

7" And Under (3" to 7")

16" And Under (0" to 16")Lumpy Over 16" To Be Specified

X = Actual Maximum Size

Irregular Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical,Slabs, Etc.

Size

H-5

MajorClass Material Characteristics Included

CodeDesignation

Builds Up and HardensGenerates Static ElectricityDecomposes — Deteriorates in StorageFlammabilityBecomes Plastic or Tends to SoftenVery DustyAerates and Becomes a FluidExplosivenessStickiness — AdhesionContaminable, Affecting UseDegradable, Affecting UseGives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or FumesHighly CorrosiveMildly CorrosiveHygroscopicInterlocks, Mats or AgglomeratesOils PresentPacks Under PressureVery Light and Fluffy — May Be windsweptElevated Temperature

Table 1-1Material Classification Code Chart

ActualLbs/PC

Density Bulk Density, Loose

Very Free FlowingFree FlowingAverage FlowabilitySluggish

Mildly AbrasiveModerately AbrasiveExtremely Abrasive

AAA

B

CDD

D

D

E

20010040

6

1⁄237

16

X

1234

567

FGHJkLMNOPQRSTUVwXyZ

Flowability

Abrasiveness

Material Characteristics Included

Density Bulk Density, Loose

Miscellaneous

Properties

Or

Hazards


H-6

C1⁄2 4 5 T

Table 1-2Material Characteristics

Material CharacteristicsThe material characteristics table (page H-7 or H-15) lists the following Design Data for many materials.

A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in cubic feet per hour.

B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below.

C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11 (Page H-22).

D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-21.

E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-23 thru H-25.

F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed ofthe conveyor.

For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classified in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listedin Table 1-2.

Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it must beclassified according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.

HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

FROM TABLE 1-2

Material: Brewers Grain Spent wet

Size

Flowability

OtherCharacteristics

Abrasiveness


Adipic Acid

Alfalfa Meal

Alfalfa Pellets

Alfalfa Seed

Almonds, Broken

Almonds, whole Shelled

Alum, Fine

Alum, Lumpy

Alumina

Alumina, Fine

Alumina Sized or Briquette

Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide)

Aluminum Chips, Dry

Aluminum Chips, Oily

Aluminum Hydrate

Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite)

Aluminum Oxide

Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite)

Aluminum Sulfate

Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline

Ammonium Nitrate

Ammonium Sulfate

Antimony Powder

Apple Pomace, Dry

Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate)

Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite)

Arsenic Pulverized

Asbestos — Rock (Ore)

Asbestos — Shredded

Ash, Black Ground

Ashes, Coal, Dry — 1⁄2"

Ashes, Coal, Dry — 3"

Ashes, Coal, wet — 1⁄2"

Ashes, Coal, wet — 3"

Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash)

Asphalt, Crushed — 1⁄2"

Bagasse

Bakelite, Fine

Baking Powder

Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate)

Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 1⁄2" — 3"

Barite, Powder

Barium Carbonate

Bark, wood, Refuse

Barley, Fine, Ground

Barley, Malted

Barley, Meal

Barley, whole

Basalt

Bauxite, Dry, Ground

Bauxite, Crushed — 3"

Beans,Castor, Meal

Beans, Castor, whole Shelled

Beans, Navy, Dry

Beans, Navy, Steeped

H-7

45 A 100-35 S 2 .5 30A

14-22 B6-45wy H 2 .6 30A

41-43 C1⁄2-25 H 2 .5 45

10-15 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45

27-30 C1⁄2-35Q H 2 .9 30A

28-30 C1⁄2-35Q H 2 .9 30A

45-50 B6-35U L-S-B 1 .6 30A

50-60 B6-25 L-S 2 1.4 45

55-65 B6-27My H 3 1.8 15

35 A100-27My H 3 1.6 15

65 D3-37 H 3 2.0 15

45 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A

7-15 E-45V H 2 1.2 30A

7-15 E-45V H 2 .8 30A

13-20 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 1.4 30A

— — — — — —

60-120 A100-17M H 3 1.8 15

49 C1⁄2-35S L-S 3 .8 30A

45-58 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 1.0 45

45-52 A100-45FRS L-S 3 .7 30A

45-62 A40-35NTU H 3 1.3 30A

45-58 C1⁄2-35FOTU L-S 1 1.0 30A

— A100-35 H 2 1.6 30A

15 C1⁄2-45y H 2 1.0 30A

— — — — — —

100-120 A100-35R L-S-B — — 30A

30 A100-25R H 2 .8 45

81 D3-37R H 3 1.2 15

20-40 E-46Xy H 2 1.0 30B

105 B6-35 L-S-B 1 2.0 30A

35-45 C1⁄2-46Ty H 3 3.0 30B

35-40 D3-46T H 3 2.5 30B

45-50 C1⁄2-46T H 3 3.0 30B

45-50 D3-46T H 3 4.0 30B

— — — — — —

45 C1⁄2-45 H 2 2.0 30A

7-10 E-45RVXy L-S-B 2 1.5 30A

30-45 B6-25 L-S-B 1 1.4 45

40-55 A100-35 S 1 .6 30A

40-55 A100-25 S 1 .6 45

120-180 D3-36 H 3 2.6 30B

120-180 A100-35X H 2 2.0 30A

72 A100-45R H 2 1.6 30A

10-20 E-45TVy H 3 2.0 30A

24-38 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A

31 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A

28 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A

36-48 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .5 45

80-105 B6-27 H 3 1.8 15

68 B6-25 H 2 1.8 45

75-85 D3-36 H 3 2.5 30B

35-40 B6-35w L-S-B 1 .8 30A

36 C1⁄2-15w L-S-B 1 .5 45

48 C1⁄2-15 L-S-B 1 .5 45

60 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 .8 45

Intermediate Mat’lMaterial

WeightMaterial

Bearing ComponentFactor

Troughlbs. per cu. ft.

CodeSelection Series

FmLoading

Table 1-2Material Characteristics


H-8

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Cont’d)


WeightMaterial




FmLoading

34-40 D3-45X H 2 1.2 30A

50-60 A100-25MXy H 2 .7 45

56 A100-45R L-S-B 1 .6 30A

— — S 1 .6 —

35-45 D3-45U H 2 2.0 30A

30 A100-35U L-S 1 1.0 30A

40-50 A100-45 L-S 1 1.6 30A

20-25 A100-25y L-S 1 1.5 45

27-40 B6-35 L-S 1 1.6 30A

50-60 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A

35-50 E-45V H 2 3.0 30A

35-50 D3-45 H 2 2.0 30A

50 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A

60 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .6 30A

45-55 B6-25T H 3 .7 30B

55-60 C1⁄2-35 H 2 1.5 30A

55-60 D3-35 H 2 1.8 30A

60-70 D3-35 H 2 2.0 30A

55 B6-25T H 3 .8 30A

75 A100-37 H 2 1.0 30B

16-20 B6-35Ny L-S-B 1 .5 30A

120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B

20-25 B6-35PQ L-S-B 1 .6 30A

14-30 C1⁄2-45 L-S-B 1 .5 30A

55-60 C1⁄2-45T L-S 2 .8 30A

100-120 B6-37 H 3 2.2 15

30-50 B6-45 H 2 2.0 30A

37-42 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45

75-85 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .7 30A

70-90 D3-25N H 2 2.0 30A

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

26-29 D3-45QTR L-S 2 .6 30A

— — — — — —

40-50 A100-45 L-S-B 1 1.6 30A

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

100 D3-27 H 3 3.0 15

36 B6-35 H 2 1.6 30A

32-37 C1⁄2-45 H 2 .7 30A

130-200 C1⁄2-45 H 2 4.0 30A

88 B6-35RSU H 3 1.8 30A

47 C1⁄2-45RSUX L-S 3 1.5 30A

— — — — — —

75-95 D3-36 H 3 1.8 30B

133 B6-35Q H 3 3.0 30A

94 A100-26M H 2 1.4 30B

60-75 A100-16M H 2 1.4 30B

— — — — — —

75-95 D3-25 H 2 1.9 30A

67-75 A100-25MXy H 2 1.4 45

18-28 A100-45 H 2 1.2 30A

Bentonite, Crude

Bentonite, –100 Mesh

Benzene Hexachloride

Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda)

Blood, Dried

Blood, Ground, Dried

Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate)

Boneblack

Bonechar

Bonemeal

Bones, whole*

Bones, Crushed

Bones, Ground

Borate of Lime

Borax, Fine

Borax Screening — 1⁄2"

Borax, 11⁄2" - 2" Lump

Borax, 2" - 3" Lump

Boric Acid, Fine

Boron

Bran, Rice — Rye — wheat

Braunite (Manganese Oxide)

Bread Crumbs

Brewer’s Grain, Spent, Dry

Brewer’s Grain, Spent, wet

Brick, Ground — 1⁄8"

Bronze Chips

Buckwheat

Calcine, Flour

Calcium Carbide

Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone)

Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar)

Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated)

Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated)

Calcium Lactate

Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked)

Calcium Phosphate

Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum)

Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine*

Carbon Black, Pelleted*

Carbon Black, Powder*

Carborundum

Casein

Cashew Nuts

Cast Iron, Chips

Caustic Soda

Caustic Soda, Flakes

Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth)

Cement, Clinker

Cement, Mortar

Cement, Portland

Cement, Aerated (Portland)

Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate)

Chalk, Crushed

Chalk, Pulverized

Charcoal, Ground


H-9

Charcoal, Lumps

Chocolate, Cake Pressed

Chrome Ore

Cinders, Blast Furnace

Cinders, Coal

Clay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth,

Fuller’s Earth, kaolin & Marl)

Clay, Ceramic, Dry, Fines

Clay, Calcined

Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines

Clay, Dry, Lumpy

Clinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker)

Clover Seed

Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm)

Coal, Anthracite, Sized-1⁄2"

Coal, Bituminous, Mined

Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized

Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack

Coal, Lignite

Cocoa Beans

Cocoa, Nibs

Cocoa, Powdered

Cocoanut, Shredded

Coffee, Chaff

Coffee, Green Bean

Coffee, Ground, Dry

Coffee, Ground, wet

Coffee, Roasted Bean

Coffee, Soluble

Coke, Breeze

Coke, Loose

Coke, Petrol, Calcined

Compost

Concrete, Pre-Mix Dry

Copper Ore

Copper Ore, Crushed

Copper Sulphate, (Bluestone)

Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate)

Copra, Cake Ground

Copra, Cake, Lumpy

Copra, Lumpy

Copra, Meal

Cork, Fine Ground

Cork, Granulated

Corn, Cracked

Corn Cobs, Ground

Corn Cobs, whole*

Corn Ear*

Corn Germ

Corn Grits

Cornmeal

Corn Oil, Cake

Corn Seed

Corn Shelled

Corn Sugar

Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed

18-28 D3-45Q H 2 1.4 30A

40-45 D3-25 S 2 1.5 30A

125-140 D3-36 H 3 2.5 30B

57 D3-36T H 3 1.9 30B

40 D3-36T H 3 1.8 30B

— — — — — —

60-80 A100-35P L-S-B 1 1.5 30A

80-100 B6-36 H 3 2.4 30B

100-120 C1⁄2-36 H 3 2.0 30B

60-75 D3-35 H 2 1.8 30A

— — — — — —

45-48 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45

55-61 B6-35Ty L-S 2 1.0 30A

49-61 C1⁄2-25 L-S 2 1.0 45

40-60 D3-35LNXy L-S 1 .9 30A

45-50 D3-35QV L-S 1 1.0 30A

43-50 C1⁄2-45T L-S 2 .9 30A

37-45 D3-35T H 2 1.0 30A

30-45 C1⁄2-25Q L-S 1 .5 45

35 C1⁄2-25 H 2 .5 45

30-35 A100-45Xy S 1 .9 30A

20-22 E-45 S 2 1.5 30A

20 B6-25My L-S 1 1.0 45

25-32 C1⁄2-25PQ L-S 1 .5 45

25 A40-35P L-S 1 .6 30A

35-45 A40-45X L-S 1 .6 30A

20-30 C1⁄2-25PQ S 1 .4 45

19 A40-35PUy S 1 .4 45

25-35 C1⁄2-37 H 3 1.2 15

23-35 D7-37 H 3 1.2 15

35-45 D7-37 H 3 1.3 15

30-50 D7-45TV L-S 3 1.0 30A

85-120 C1⁄2-36U H 3 3.0 30B

120-150 DX-36 H 3 4.0 30B

100-150 D3-36 H 3 4.0 30B

75-95 C1⁄2-35S L-S 2 1.0 30A

— — — — — —

40-45 B6-45Hw L-S-B 1 .7 30A

25-30 D3-35Hw L-S-B 2 .8 30A

22 E-35Hw L-S-B 2 1.0 30A

40-45 B6-35Hw H 2 .7 30A

5-15 B6-35JNy L-S-B 1 .5 30A

12-15 C1⁄2-35Jy L-S-B 1 .5 30A

40-50 B6-25P L-S-B 1 .7 45

17 C1⁄2-25y L-S-B 1 .6 45

12-15 E-35 L-S 2 30A

56 E-35 L-S 2 30A

21 B6-35Py L-S-B 1 .4 30A

40-45 B6-35P L-S-B 1 .5 30A

32-40 B6-35P L-S 1 .5 30A

25 D7-45Hw L-S 1 .6 30A

45 C1⁄2-25PQ L-S-B 1 .4 45

45 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 .4 45

30-35 B6-35PU S 1 1.0 30A

40-45 C1⁄2-45Hw L-S 1 1.0 30A



WeightMaterial




FmLoading


H-10

40-45 D7-45Hw L-S 2 1.0 30A

22-40 C1⁄2-25X L-S 1 .6 45

18-25 C1⁄2-45Xy L-S 1 .9 30A

20-25 C1⁄2-35Hwy L-S 1 .8 30A

12 B6-35y L-S 1 .9 30A

25-30 B6-45Hw L-S 3 .5 30A

35-40 B6-45Hw L-S 1 .5 30A

40 B6-35Hw L-S 1 .6 30A

35-40 C1⁄2-45Hw L-S 1 .6 30A

40-50 D3-45Hw L-S-B 2 1.3 30A

75-90 A100-36L H 2 2.0 30B

90-110 D16-36 H 2 2.1 30B

80-120 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.0 15

80-120 D16-37 H 3 2.5 15

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

11-17 A40-36y H 3 1.6 30B

40-50 A40-35 L-S-B 1 1.6 30A

25-31 A40-35 H 3 .5 30A

30 B6-35 H 2 .5 30A

40-60 C1⁄2-45V L-S 3 .8 30A

80-100 C1⁄2-36 H 2 2.0 30B

90-100 DX-36 H 2 2.0 30B

76 C1⁄2-36 H 2 1.2 30B

63-70 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .8 30A

16 A40-35MPy S 1 1.0 30A

40-50 A40-35U L-S-B 1 .8 30A

65-80 A100-37 H 2 2.0 15

90-100 D7-37 H 2 2.0 15

100 A200-36 H 2 2.0 30B

75-80 C1⁄2-37 H 2 2.0 15

120-135 C1⁄2-26 H 2 2.0 30B

105-120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B

50-75 C1⁄2-35U H 2 1.0 30A

35-40 C1⁄2-45HP L-S-B 1 1.0 30A

40-50 D7-45H L-S-B 2 1.5 30A

43-45 B6-35X L-S-B 1 .4 30A

48-50 D7-45w L-S 2 .7 30A

25-45 B6-45w L-S 1 .4 30A

33-40 A40-45LP S 1 .6 30A

45-60 A40-36LM H 3 3.5 30B

110-125 A40-36 H 3 3.5 30B

30-45 A40-36LM H 3 2.0 30B

80-100 B6-36 H 2 2.0 30B

90-110 D7-36 H 2 2.0 30B

30-45 A40-36M H 3 2.0 30B

— — — — — —

30-40 A40-25 H 2 2.0 15

60-65 C1⁄2-450w H 3 2.0 30A

40 A100-25 H 3 2.0 15

— — — — — —

32 B6-35PU S 1 .8 30A

37 C1⁄2-35 H 3 1.5 30A

80-100 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.5 15

40 B6-45U H 2 1.7 30A

Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy

Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted

Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted

Cottonseed, Flakes

Cottonseed, Hulls

Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller

Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted

Cottonseed, Meats, Dry

Cottonseed, Meats, Rolled

Cracklings, Crushed

Cryolite, Dust

Cryolite, Lumpy

Cullet, Fine

Cullet, Lump

Culm, (See Coal, Anthracite)

Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate)

Detergent (See Soap Detergent)

Diatomaceous Earth

Dicalcium Phosphate

Disodium Phosphate

Distiller’s Grain, Spent Dry

Distiller’s Grain, Spent wet

Dolomite, Crushed

Dolomite, Lumpy

Earth, Loam, Dry, Loose

Ebonite, Crushed

Egg Powder

Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate)

Feldspar, Ground

Feldspar, Lumps

Feldspar, Powder

Feldspar, Screenings

Ferrous Sulfide — 1⁄2"

Ferrous Sulfide — 100M

Ferrous Sulphate

Fish Meal

Fish Scrap

Flaxseed

Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake)

Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal)

Flour wheat

Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace

Flue Dust, Blast Furnace

Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry

Fluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride)

Fluorspar, Lumps

Fly Ash

Foundry Sand, Dry (See Sand)

Fuller’s Earth, Dry, Raw

Fuller’s Earth, Oily, Spent

Fuller’s Earth, Calcined

Galena (See Lead Sulfide)

Gelatine, Granulated

Gilsonite

Glass, Batch

Glue, Ground


WeightMaterial




FmLoading



H-11

40 C1⁄2-35U L-S-B 1 .5 30A

40 A40-45U L-S-B 1 .6 30A

40 B6-35P L-S 1 .6 30A

80-90 C1⁄2-27 H 3 2.5 15

15-20 D3-45U H 2 1.4 30A

40 B6-25LP L-S-B 1 .5 45

28 A100-35LMP L-S-B 1 .5 30A

65-75 DX-35L H 2 1.0 30A

70 C1⁄2-35 L-S 3 2.0 30A

55-60 B6-35U H 2 1.6 30A

60-80 A100-35U H 2 2.0 30A

70-80 D3-25 H 2 2.0 30A

8-12 C1⁄2-35Jy L-S 2 1.6 30A

— — — — — —

35-50 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 .4 45

35 D3-35 L-S-B 2 1.0 30A

50-55 D3-45V L-S 2 1.5 30A

35-45 D3-35Q L-S 2 .4 30A

40-45 C1⁄2-35Q S 1 .6 30A

33-35 D3-35Q S 1 .4 30A

33-35 D3-45Q S 1 .4 30A

140-160 D3-37 H 3 2.0 15

120-180 A40-37 H 3 2.2 15

25 A100-36LMP H 2 1.0 30B

75 C1⁄2-36 H 2 1.6 30B

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

40-45 C1⁄2-25 H 3 .5 45

63 D3-25 H 2 2.0 30A

32-56 A40-35LMP H 2 2.0 30A

— — — — — —

32 A40-35PU S 1 .6 30A

— — — — — —

72 A40-35R L-S-B 1 1.4 30A

72 A40-35R L-S-B 1 1.4 30A

240-260 A40-35R H 2 1.0 30A

200-270 B6-35 H 3 1.4 30A

180-230 C1⁄2-36 H 3 1.4 30B

30-150 A100-35P H 2 1.2 30A

30-180 A200-35LP H 2 1.2 30A

240-260 A100-35R H 2 1.0 30A

— — — — — —

120 C1⁄2-47 H 3 1.7 15

60-65 B6-35U L-S-B 1 .6 30A

40 B6-35LM H 2 .8 30A

32-40 A40-35LM L-S 1 .6 30A

53-56 C1⁄2-25HU L-S 2 2.0 45

68 B6-35 H 2 2.0 30A

85-90 DX-36 H 2 2.0 30B

55-95 A40-46My H 2 1.6-2.0 30B

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

45-50 A325-35MR L-S 1 1.0 30A

Glue, Pearl

Glue, Veg. Powdered

Gluten, Meal

Granite, Fine

Grape Pomace

Graphite Flake

Graphite Flour

Graphite Ore

Guano Dry*

Gypsum, Calcined

Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered

Gypsum, Raw — 1"

Hay, Chopped*

Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid)

Hominy, Dry

Hops, Spent, Dry

Hops, Spent, wet

Ice, Crushed

Ice, Flaked*

Ice, Cubes

Ice, Shell

Ilmenite Ore

Iron Ore Concentrate

Iron Oxide Pigment

Iron Oxide, Millscale

Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulfide)

Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate)

Iron Sulfide (See Ferrous Sulfide)

Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate)

kafir (Corn)

kaolin Clay

kaolin Clay-Talc

kryalith (See Cryolite)

Lactose

Lamp Black (See Carbon Black)

Lead Arsenate

Lead Arsenite

Lead Carbonate

Lead Ore — 1⁄8"

Lead Ore — 1⁄2"

Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 100 Mesh

Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 200 Mesh

Lead Sulphide — 100 Mesh

Lignite (See Coal Lignite)

Limanite, Ore, Brown

Lime, Ground, Unslaked

Lime Hydrated

Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized

Lime, Pebble

Limestone, Agricultural

Limestone, Crushed

Limestone, Dust

Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride)

Linseed (See Flaxseed)

Litharge (Lead Oxide)

Lithopone


WeightMaterial




FmLoading



H-12

— — — — — —

20-30 B6-35NP L-S-B 1 .5 30A

36-40 B6-25P L-S-B 1 .4 45

20-30 C1⁄2-35N L-S-B 1 .5 30A

13-15 C1⁄2-35P L-S-B 1 .4 30A

33 C1⁄2-45 L-S 1 1.0 30A

70-85 A100-35NRT L-S 2 1.5 30A

125-140 DX-37 H 3 2.0 15

120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B

70 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.4 15

80-95 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15

80 DX-36 H 2 1.6 30B

50-55 E-45HQTX L-S 2 1.5 30A

40 E-46H H 2 1.5 30B

17-22 B6-16My H 2 1.0 30B

13-15 B6-36 H 2 .9 30B

13-15 A100-36M H 2 1.0 30B

5-6 B6-35PUy S 1 .4 30A

27-30 A40-45PX S 1 .9 30A

20-45 B6-25PM S 1 .5 45

32 A100-35PX S 1 .6 30A

20-36 B6-35PUX S 1 .5 30A

120-125 E-46T H 3 3.0 30B

32-36 B6-25 L-S-B 1 .5 45

40-45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45

107 B6-26 H 2 1.5 30B

50 B6-36 H 2 .6 30B

150 E-46T H 3 3.0 30B

45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45

45 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .7 30A

35 A40-35P H 2 2.5 30A

26 C1⁄2-25MN L-S-B 1 .4 45

19-26 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A

22 B6-45Ny L-S-B 1 .6 30A

35 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A

8-12 B6-35Ny L-S-B 1 .5 30A

19-24 C1⁄2-35Ny L-S-B 1 .6 30A

59 E-45HkPwX L-S 2 .4 30A

15 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A

60 B6-35QS L-S 1 1.0 30A

50-60 C1⁄2-36T H 3 1.6-2.0 30B

80 D3-36TV H 3 2.1-2.5 30B

62 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A

60-62 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A

45 C1⁄2-45k L-S 1 .6 30A

15-20 D3-35Q L-S 2 .6 30A

30 B6-35P S 1 .6 30A

15-20 D3-36Q H 3 .7 30B

35-45 C1⁄2-35Q S 1 .4 30A

45-50 C1⁄2-15NQ L-S-B 1 .5 45

8-12 C1⁄2-36 H 2 .6 30B

60 B6-25T L-S 2 1.4 45

— — — — — —

75-85 DX-36 H 2 2.1 30B

60 B6-36 H 2 1.7 30B

Maize (See Milo)

Malt, Dry, Ground

Malt, Meal

Malt, Dry whole

Malt, Sprouts

Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite)

Manganese Dioxide*

Manganese Ore

Manganese Oxide

Manganese Sulfate

Marble, Crushed

Marl, (Clay)

Meat, Ground

Meat, Scrap (w\bone)

Mica, Flakes

Mica, Ground

Mica, Pulverized

Milk, Dried, Flake

Milk, Malted

Milk, Powdered

Milk Sugar

Milk, whole, Powdered

Mill Scale (Steel)

Milo, Ground

Milo Maize (kafir)

Molybdenite Powder

Monosodium Phosphate

Mortar, wet*

Mustard Seed

Naphthalene Flakes

Niacin (Nicotinic Acid)

Oats

Oats, Crimped

Oats, Crushed

Oats, Flour

Oat Hulls

Oats, Rolled

Oleo Margarine (Margarine)

Orange Peel, Dry

Oxalic Acid Crystals — Ethane Diacid Crystals

Oyster Shells, Ground

Oyster Shells, whole

Paper Pulp (4% or less)

Paper Pulp (6% to 15%)

Paraffin Cake — 1⁄2"

Peanuts, Clean, in shell

Peanut Meal

Peanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled)

Peanuts, Shelled

Peas, Dried

Perlite — Expanded

Phosphate Acid Fertillizer

Phosphate Disodium

(See Sodium Phosphate)

Phosphate Rock, Broken

Phosphate Rock, Pulverized


WeightMaterial




FmLoading



H-13

90-100 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

40 B6-35PQ S 1 .4 30A

20-30 A100-45kT S 2 1.0 30A

20-30 E-45kPQT S 1 .6 30A

30-35 C1⁄2-45Q L-S 1 .4 30A

70 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15

75 DX-37 H 3 2.2 15

51 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B

120-130 C1⁄2-25TU H 3 1.6 45

76 C1⁄2-16NT H 3 1.2 30B

80 B6-26NT H 3 1.2 30B

42-48 B6-46X H 2 1.0 30B

48 A200-35MNP L-S 1 .5 30A

42-48 B6-46 H 3 1.6 30B

120-130 C1⁄2-26 H 3 2.0 30B

70-80 A100-27 H 3 1.7 15

80-90 C1⁄2-27 H 3 2.0 15

20 B6-35Ny L-S-B 1 .4 30A

42-45 B6-35P L-S-B 1 .4 30A

30 C1⁄2-15P L-S-B 1 .4 45

45-49 C1⁄2-25P L-S-B 1 .4 45

20-21 B6-35Ny L-S-B 1 .4 30A

32-36 C1⁄2-35N L-S-B 1 .6 30A

65-68 C1⁄2-45Q L-S-B 1 1.5 30A

23-50 C1⁄2-45 L-S-B 1 .8 30A

50-55 D3-45 L-S-B 2 1.5 30A

42-48 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45

15-20 B6-35y L-S-B 1 .4 45

33 B6-35N L-S-B 1 .5 30A

35-40 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A

42 B6-35 L-S 1 .5 30A

32-33 C1⁄2-35 L-S 2 .5 30A

50 D3-26 H 2 .6 30B

50 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .6 30A

45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

85 B6-36TU H 3 2.1 30B

65-85 B6-36TU H 3 1.7 30B

29 B6-37U H 3 .6 15

45-60 C1⁄2-36TU H 3 1.0 30B

70-80 B6-36TU H 3 1.7 30B

— — — — — —

110-130 B6-47 H 3 2.8 15

90-110 B6-37 H 3 1.7 15

90-100 B6-27 H 3 2.0 15

90-100 D3-37Z H 3 2.6 15

104 B6-27 H 3 2.0 15

115 A100-27 H 3 2.3 15

10-13 B6-45UX L-S-B 1 1.4 15

65 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B

27-41 B6-26 H 2 .6 30B

85-90 C1⁄2-36 H 2 2.0 30B

31 B6-35P S 1 .6 30A

Phosphate Sand

Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum)

Plumbago (See Graphite)

Polystyrene Beads

Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder

Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets

Polyethylene, Resin Pellets

Potash (Muriate) Dry

Potash (Muriate) Mine Run

Potassium Carbonate

Potassium Chloride Pellets

Potassium Nitrate — 1⁄2"

Potassium Nitrate — 1⁄8"

Potassium Sulfate

Potato Flour

Pumice — 1⁄8"

Pyrite, Pellets

Quartz — 100 Mesh

Quartz — 1⁄2"

Rice, Bran

Rice, Grits

Rice, Polished

Rice, Hulled

Rice, Hulls

Rice, Rough

Rosin — 1⁄2"

Rubber, Reclaimed Ground

Rubber, Pelleted

Rye

Rye Bran

Rye Feed

Rye Meal

Rye Middlings

Rye, Shorts

Safflower, Cake

Safflower, Meal

Safflower Seed

Saffron (See Safflower)

Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride)

Salt Cake, Dry Coarse

Salt Cake, Dry Pulverized

Salicylic Acid

Salt, Dry Coarse

Salt, Dry Fine

Saltpeter — (See Potassium Nitrate)

Sand Dry Bank (Damp)

Sand Dry Bank (Dry)

Sand Dry Silica

Sand Foundry (Shake Out)

Sand (Resin Coated) Silica

Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon

Sawdust, Dry

Sea — Coal

Sesame Seed

Shale, Crushed

Shellac, Powdered or Granulated


WeightMaterial




FmLoading



H-14

— — — — — —

80 A40-46 H 2 1.5 30B

45 D3-37HkQU H 3 2.0 15

130-180 D3-37y H 3 2.4 15

60-65 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.2 15

80-90 C1⁄2-36 H 2 2.0 30B

82-85 B6-36 H 2 1.6 30B

40-50 E-47Tw H 3 .8 15

45-55 B-46S H 2 .8 30B

15-35 B6-35Q L-S-B 1 .6 30A

15-25 C1⁄2-35Q L-S-B 1 .6 30A

15-50 B6-35FQ L-S-B 1 .8 30A

5-15 B6-35QXy L-S-B 1 .6 30A

20-25 B6-25X L-S-B 1 .9 45

40-50 A200-45Xy L-S-B 1 2.0 30A

55-65 B6-36 H 2 2.0 30B

20-35 A40-36y H 2 1.6 30B

72 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B

— — — — — —

75 A100-36 H 2 1.0 30B

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

70-80 D3-25NS L-S 2 1.2 30A

50-60 A-35 L-S 1 .9 30A

— — — — — —

96 B6-46X H 2 1.5 30B

— — — — — —

40-43 D3-35w L-S-B 2 1.0 30A

30-40 C1⁄2-36Nw H 2 .5 30B

18-25 C1⁄2-35y L-S-B 1 .8 30A

27-30 A40-35MN L-S-B 1 .8 30A

40 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A

40 B6-35T L-S 2 .5 30A

45-50 C1⁄2-26Nw H 2 1.0 30B

25-50 A40-15M L-S-B 1 1.0 45

100-150 D3-46wV H 3 3.0 30B

12-15 C1⁄2-26 H 2 .9 30B

25-45 C1⁄2-35X L-S-B 1 1.2 30A

50-55 B6-35PU S 1 1.0-1.2 30A

55-65 C1⁄2-35X S 1 1.4-2.0 30A

50-60 A100-35PX S 1 .8 30A

55-65 B6-35PX S 1 1.5 30A

50-60 C1⁄2-35N L-S 1 .8 30A

80-85 D3-35N L-S 2 .8 30A

50-60 A40-35MN L-S 1 .6 30A

19-38 C1⁄2-15 L-S-B 1 .5 45

80-90 C1⁄2-36 H 2 .9 30B

50-60 A200-36M H 2 .8 30B

55 B6-45 L-S-B 1 .7 30A

36 B6-35Ny L-S-B 1 .6 30A

— — — — — —

Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz)

Silica, Flour

Silica Gel + 1⁄2" - 3"

Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed

Slag, Furnace Granular, Dry

Slate, Crushed, — 1⁄2"

Slate, Ground, — 1⁄8"

Sludge, Sewage, Dried

Sludge, Sewage, Dry Ground

Soap, Beads or Granules

Soap, Chips

Soap Detergent

Soap, Flakes

Soap, Powder

Soapstone, Talc, Fine

Soda Ash, Heavy

Soda Ash, Light

Sodium Aluminate, Ground

Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See kryolite)

Sodium Aluminum Sulphate*

Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite)

Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda)

Sodium Chloride (See Salt)

Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash)

Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda)

Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda)

Sodium Borate (See Borax)

Sodium Nitrate

Sodium Phosphate

Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake)

Sodium Sulfite

Sorghum, Seed (See kafir or Milo)

Soybean, Cake

Soybean, Cracked

Soybean, Flake, Raw

Soybean, Flour

Soybean Meal, Cold

Soybean Meal Hot

Soybeans, whole

Starch

Steel Turnings, Crushed

Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry

Sugar Beet, Pulp, wet

Sugar, Refined, Granulated Dry

Sugar, Refined, Granulated wet

Sugar, Powdered

Sugar, Raw

Sulphur, Crushed — 1⁄2"

Sulphur, Lumpy, — 3"

Sulphur, Powdered

Sunflower Seed

Talcum, — 1⁄2"

Talcum Powder

Tanbark, Ground*

Timothy Seed

Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)



Weight MaterialBearing

ComponentFactor

Troughlbs. per cu. ft. Code

SelectionSeries

FmLoading


H-15

15-25 D3-45y L-S 2 .8 30A

30 B6-45MQ L-S-B 1 .9 30A

40-50 A40-45 L-S 1 1.6 30A

50-55 B6-36RS H 3 2.0 30B

60 C1⁄2-36 H 2 1.7 30B

60 B6-36 H 2 1.7 30B

50 A40-36 H 2 1.6 30B

28 D3-25w L-S 2 .8 30A

25-30 D3-15 L-S 2 .7 30A

43-46 B6-25 L-S-B 1 1.2 45

16 C1⁄2-35y L-S 1 .5 30A

80 D3-36 H 2 1.0 30B

48 B6-16N L-S-B 1 .4 30B

35-45 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B

45-48 C1⁄2-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45

40-45 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45

18-28 B6-25 L-S-B 1 .4 45

75-100 A40-36MR H 2 1.0 30B

10-30 D3-45Vy L-S 2 .6 30A

16-36 B6-35N L-S 1 .4 30A

8-16 E-45Vy L-S 2 1.5 30A

75-80 B6-37 H 3 1.0 15

30-35 A100-45X L-S 1 1.0 30A

10-15 A100-45Xy L-S 1 1.0 30A

Tobacco, Scraps

Tobacco, Snuff

Tricalcium Phosphate

Triple Super Phosphate

Trisodium Phosphate

Trisodium Phosphate Granular

Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized

Tung Nut Meats, Crushed

Tung Nuts

Urea Prills, Coated

Vermiculite, Expanded

Vermiculite, Ore

Vetch

walnut Shells, Crushed

wheat

wheat, Cracked

wheat, Germ

white Lead, Dry

wood Chips, Screened

wood Flour

wood Shavings

Zinc, Concentrate Residue

Zinc Oxide, Heavy

Zinc Oxide, Light



Weight MaterialBearing

ComponentFactor

Troughlbs. per cu. ft. Code

SelectionSeries

FmLoading

*Consult Factory


H-16

Selection of ConveyorSize and Speed

In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary first to establish the material code number. It will beseen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-sectionalloadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in theComponent Group Selection Guide on page H-21 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetricfeeders and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations beforechoosing conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7 on page H-18.

Capacity TableThe capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw

conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommendedrevolutions per minute.

The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most applications. where the capacity of a screw con veyor isvery critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our Engineering Department.

The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may beobtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.

Conveyor SpeedFor screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical flights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula:

Required capacity, cubic feet per hourN =

Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minute

N = revolutions per minute of screw, (but notgreater than the maximum recommended speed.)

For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used, such as short pitch screws, cut flights, cut andfolded flights and ribbon flights, an equivalent required capacity must be used, based on factors in the Tables 1-3, 4, 5.

Factor CF1

relates to the pitch of the screw. Factor CF2

relates to the type of the flight. Factor CF3

relates to the use of mixingpaddles within the flight pitches.

The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. See Tables 1-3, 4, 5 for capacity factors.

Equiv. Capacity Required Capacity(Cubic Feet Per Hour) = (Cubic Feet Per Hour) (CF1) (CF

2) (CF

3)


H-17

Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2

Type of Conveyor Loading

Flight 15% 30% 45%

Cut Flight 1.95 1.57 1.43Cut & Folded Flight N.R.* 3.75 2.54Ribbon Flight 1.04 1.37 1.62

CapacityFactors

Table 1-3Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF

1

Pitch Description CF1

Standard Pitch = Diameter of Screw 1.00 Short Pitch =2⁄3 Diameter of Screw 1.50 Half Pitch =1⁄2 Diameter of Screw 2.00 Long Pitch = 11⁄2 Diameter of Screw 0.67

Table 1-4

Table 1-5Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF

3

Standard Paddles at Paddles Per Pitch

45° Reverse Pitch None 1 2 3 4

Factor CF3

1.00 1.08 1.16 1.24 1.32

*Not recommendedIf none of the above flight modifications are used: CF

2= 1.0


H-18

Capacity TableHorizontal Screw Conveyors(Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors)

Table 1-6

4 0.62 114 184

6 2.23 368 165

9 8.20 1270 155

10 11.40 1710 150

12 19.40 2820 145

14 31.20 4370 140

16 46.70 6060 130

18 67.60 8120 120

20 93.70 10300 110

24 164.00 16400 100

30 323.00 29070 90

36 553.20 4142 75

4 0.41 53 130

6 1.49 180 120

9 5.45 545 100

10 7.57 720 95

12 12.90 1160 90

14 20.80 1770 85

16 31.20 2500 80

18 45.00 3380 75

20 62.80 4370 70

24 109.00 7100 65

30 216.00 12960 60

36 368.80 18400 50

4 0.41 29 72

6 1.49 90 60

9 5.45 300 55

10 7.60 418 55

12 12.90 645 50

14 20.80 1040 50

16 31.20 1400 45

18 45.00 2025 45

20 62.80 2500 40

24 109.00 4360 40

30 216.00 7560 35

36 368.80 11064 30

4 0.21 15 72

6 0.75 45 60

9 2.72 150 55

10 3.80 210 55

12 6.40 325 50

14 10.40 520 50

16 15.60 700 45

18 22.50 1010 45

20 31.20 1250 40

24 54.60 2180 40

30 108.00 3780 35

36 184.40 5537 30

45%

30%A

30%B

15%

Trough LoadingScrewDiameterInch

Capacity Cubic FeetPer Hour (Full Pitch Max.

RPMAt One RPM At Max. RPM


H-19

6 23⁄8 25⁄16 11⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄29 23⁄8 33⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄49 27⁄8 39⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄4

12 27⁄8 51⁄16 23⁄4 2 1 12 31⁄2 43⁄4 23⁄4 2 1 12 4 41⁄2 23⁄4 2 1

14 31⁄2 53⁄4 31⁄4 21⁄2 11⁄414 4 51⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄4 11⁄4

16 4 61⁄2 33⁄4 23⁄4 11⁄216 41⁄2 61⁄4 33⁄4 23⁄4 11⁄2

18 4 71⁄2 41⁄4 3 13⁄418 41⁄2 71⁄2 41⁄4 3 13⁄4

20 4 81⁄2 43⁄4 31⁄2 2 20 41⁄2 81⁄4 43⁄4 31⁄2 2 24 41⁄2 101⁄4 6 33⁄4 21⁄230 41⁄2 131⁄4 8 5 4 36 53⁄8 141⁄2 91⁄2 71⁄2 6

Lump SizeLimitations

The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in thematerial to be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than itstransverse cross-section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size.

The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that won’t break up in transit through a screwconveyor. In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, butdegradable in transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps thatare easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations.

Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows

Class 1A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum; and

90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.

Class 2A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum;

and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.

Class 3A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5% or

less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.

Table 1-7

Screw Pipe Radial Class I Class II Class IIIDiameter *O.D. Clearance 10% Lumps 25% Lumps 95% LumpsInches Inches Inches ∆ Max. Lump, Inch Max. Lump, Inch Max. Lump, Inch

*For special pipe sizes, consult factory.∆Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.

EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations

To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the Maximum Lump Size Table, Table 1-7, consider crushed ice as the conveyedmaterial. Refer to the material charts Table 1-2 and find crushed ice and its material code D3-35Q and weight of 35-45 lbs./C.F. D3means that the lump size is 1⁄2" to 3", this is noted by referring to the material classification code chart on page H-5. From actualspecifications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 11⁄2" and only 25% of the lumps are11⁄2". with this information refer to Table 1-7, Maximum Lump Size Table. Under the column Class II and 11⁄2" Max. lump size readacross to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9".

Maximum Lump Size Table


H-20

Component GroupsTo facilitate the selection of proper specifications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty, screw

conveyors are broken down into three Component Groups. These groups relate both to theMaterial Classification Code and also to screw size, pipe size, type of bearings and troughthickness.

Referring to Table 1-2, find the component series designation of the material to be conveyed.Having made the Component Series selection, refer to Tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the

specifications of the various sizes of conveyor screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this tablerefer to standard specifications for screws found on pages H-77 − H-85 Component Section.)These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections,minimum edge thickness of screw flight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc.EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material

characteristics Table 1-2. Note that the component series column refers to series 2. Refernow to page H-21, component selection, Table 1-9, component group 2. The standardshaft sizes, screw flight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for eachscrew diameter.

Component Selection


H-21

6 11⁄2 6H304 6S307 16 Ga. 16 Ga.9 11⁄2 9H306 9S307 14 Ga. 14 Ga.9 2 9H406 9S409 14 Ga. 14 Ga.

12 2 12H408 12S409 12 Ga. 14 Ga.12 27⁄16 12H508 12S509 12 Ga. 14 Ga.14 27⁄16 14H508 14S509 12 Ga. 14 Ga.

16 3 16H610 16S612 12 Ga. 14 Ga.18 3 — 18S612 10 Ga. 12 Ga.20 3 — 20S612 10 Ga. 12 Ga.24 37⁄16 — 24S712 10 Ga. 12 Ga.30 315⁄16 — 30S816 3⁄16" 10 Ga.36 47⁄16 — 36S916 1⁄4" 10 Ga.

ComponentSelection

Table 1-8Component Group 1

Screw DiameterInches

Coupling DiameterInches

Screw NumberHelicoid Flights Sectional Flights

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches

Trough Cover

6 11⁄2 6H308 6S309 14 Ga.. 16 Ga..9 11⁄2 9H312 9S309 10 Ga. 14 Ga.9 2 9H412 9S412 10 Ga. 14 Ga.

12 2 12H412 12S412 3⁄16" 14 Ga.12 27⁄16 12H512 12S512 3⁄16" 14 Ga.12 3 12H614 12S616 3⁄16" 14 Ga.14 27⁄16 — 14S512 3⁄16" 14 Ga.14 3 14H614 14S616 3⁄16" 14 Ga.

16 3 16H614 16S616 3⁄16" 14 Ga.18 3 — 18S616 3⁄16" 12 Ga.20 3 — 20S616 3⁄16" 12 Ga.24 37⁄16 — 24S716 3⁄16" 12 Ga.30 315⁄16 — 30S824 1⁄4" 10 Ga.36 47⁄16 — 36S924 3⁄8" 3⁄16"




Screw Number

Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or InchesTrough Cover

6 11⁄2 6H312 6S312 10 Ga. 16 Ga.9 11⁄2 9H312 9S312 3⁄16" 14 Ga.9 2 9H414 9S416 3⁄16 " 14 Ga.

12 2 12H412 12S412 1⁄4" 14 Ga.12 27⁄16 12H512 12S512 1⁄4" 14 Ga.12 3 12H614 12S616 1⁄4" 14 Ga.14 3 — 14S624 1⁄4" 14 Ga.

16 3 — 16S624 1⁄4" 14 Ga.18 3 — 18S624 1⁄4" 12 Ga.20 3 — 20S624 1⁄4" 12 Ga.24 37⁄16 — 24S724 1⁄4" 12 Ga.30 315⁄16 — 30S832 3⁄8" 10 Ga.36 47⁄16 — 36S932 3⁄8" 3⁄16"




Screw NumberHelicoid Flights Sectional Flights

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or InchesTrough Cover


H-22

B Ball Standard 180°F 1.0

L Bronze Standard 300°F

Martin Bronze* Standard 450°F Graphite Bronze Standard 500°F Oil Impreg. Bronze Standard 200°F Oil Impreg. wood Standard 160°F

S Nylatron Standard 250°F 2.0Nylon Standard 160°FTeflon Standard 250°F UHMw Standard 225°FMelamine (MCB) Standard 250°FErtalyte® Quadrent Standard 200°FUrethane Standard 200°F

Martin Hard Iron* Hardened 500°F 3.4

Hard Iron Hardened 500°F H Hard Surfaced Hardened or 500°F 4.4

SpecialStellite Special 500°FCeramic Special 1,000°Fwhite Iron Alloy Special 500°F

Hanger Bearing Selection

Bearing Recommended Max. RecommendedComponent Bearing Typos Coupling Shaft Operating FbGroups Material ∆ Temperature

BearingSelection

The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of thecharacteristics of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page H-7 thru H-15 the intermediatehanger bearing selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of thefollowing types: B, L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.

Table 1-11

*Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating.

∆ OTHER TyPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALSVarious alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required.

H1 - H-32 FOR MHC-2010-elf_H1 - H-16 8/14/14 9:54 AM Page H-22

H-23

HorsepowerRequirements

Horizontal Screw Conveyors*Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders

The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rateto the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book.

The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf) and the horsepower to transport thematerial at the specified rate (HPm) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efficiency, or:

HPf =LN Fd fb = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor)

1,000,000

HPm =CLw Ff FmFp = (Horsepower to move the material)

1,000,000

Total HP =(HPf +HPm)Fo

e

The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions.

L = Total length of conveyor, feetN = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute)Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12)Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13)

C = Capacity in cubic feet per hourw = weight of material, lbs. per cubic footFf = Flight factor (See Table 1-14)Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2)Fp = Paddle factor, when required. (See Table 1-15)

Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16)e = Drive efficiency (See Table 1-17)

Table 1-12

ScrewDiameterInches

ScrewDiameterInches

4 12.0 14 78.06 18.0 16 106.09 31.0 18 135.0

10 37.0 20 165.012 55.0 24 235.0

30 365.036 540.0

FactorFd

FactorFd

Conveyor Diameter Factor, Fd

Table 1-13Hanger Bearing Factor Fb

Bearing Type Hanger BearingFactor Fb

B Ball 1.0

L Martin Bronze 2.0

*Graphite Bronze*Melamine*Oil Impreg. Bronze

S *Oil Impreg. wood 2.0*Nylatron*Nylon*Teflon*UHMw*Ertalyte®

*Urethane

*Martin Hard Iron 3.4

H *Hard Iron 4.4

*Stellite

*Ceramic

*white Iron Alloy

*Non lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.


H-24

Horsepower FactorTables

Table 1-14Flight Factor, Ff

Flight Type Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading

15% 30% 45% 95%

Standard 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0Cut Flight 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.3Cut & Folded Flight N.R.* 1.50 1.70 2.20Ribbon Flight 1.05 1.14 1.20 —

*Not Recommended

Table 1-15Paddle Factor Fp

Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45° Reverse Pitch

Number of Paddles 0 1 2 3 4per Pitch

Paddle Factor — Fp 1.0 1.29 1.58 1.87 2.16

Table 1-16Fo— Overload Factor

Horsepower HPf + HPmFor values of HPf + HPm greater than 5.2, Fo is 1.0

Trace the value of (HPf + HPm) vertically to the diagonal line, then across to the left where the Fo value is listed.

Table 1-17e Drive Efficiency Factor

Screw Drive or V-Belt to Helical Gearmotor w/ Gearmotor w/ WormShaft Mount w/ Gear and Coupling Coupling Chain Drive GearV-Belt Drive

.88 .87 .95 .87 ConsultManufacturer


H-25

EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-173 for sample worksheet)

PROBLEM: Convey 1,000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain, spent wet, in a 25'-0" long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drivewith V-belts.

SOLUTION: 1. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain, spent wet and find:

A. wt/cf: 55 - 60B. material code: C1⁄2 - 45T

Refer to Table 1-1, material classification code chart where:C1⁄2 = Fine 1⁄2" and under4 = Sluggish5 = Mildly abrasiveT = Mildly corrosive

C. Intermediate bearing selection: L or SRefer to Table 1-11 Bearing Selection, Find:L = BronzeS = Nylatron, Nylon, Teflon, UHMw Melamine, Graphite Bronze, Oil-impreg. Bronze, and oil-impreg. wood and Urethane.

D. Material Factor: Fm = .8E. Trough Loading: 30%A

Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and find 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screwconveyors and the maximum RPM’s for those sizes.

2. From Table 1-6, Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12" screw will convey 1,160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum,therefore at 1 RPM a 12" screw will convey 12.9 cubic feet. For 1,000 CFH capacity at 12.9 CFH per RPM, the conveyor musttherefore run 78RPM (1000 ÷ 12.9 = 77.52).

3. with the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-24 and calculate therequired horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12" conveyor.

Using the known factors find that:

L = 25' C = 1000 CFHN = 78 RPM from step 2 above w = 60#/CF from step 1AFd = 55 see Table 1-12, for 12" Ff = 1 see Table 1-14, standard 30%Fb = 2.0 see Table 1-13 for L Fp = 1 see Table 1-15

e = .88 see Table 1-17

4. Solve the following horsepower equations:

A. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 25×78×55×2.0 = 0.215

1,000,000 1,000,000

B. HPm = C L w Ff Fm Fp = 1000×25×60×1×.8×1 = 1.2

1,000,000 1,000,000

Find the Fo factor from 1-16; by adding HPf and HPm and matching this sum to the values on the chart.

C. HPf = (HPf + HPm ) ( Fo ) = (1.414) (1.9) = 3.05

e .88

SOLUTION: 3.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1,000 CFH Brewers grain, spent wet in a 12" conveyor for 25 feet. A 5 H.P.motor should be used.

Horsepower


1 11⁄4 3,140 820 1,025 3⁄8 690 1,380 2,070 985 1,970 2,955

11⁄2 2 7,500 3,070 3,850 1⁄2 1,830 3,660 5,490 2,500 5,000 7,500

2 21⁄2 14,250 7,600 9,500 5⁄8 3,800 7,600 11,400 3,930 7,860 11,790

27⁄16 3 23,100 15,030 18,780 5⁄8 4,635 9,270 13,900 5,820 11,640 17,460

3 31⁄2 32,100 28,350 35,440 3⁄4 8,200 16,400 24,600 7,770 15,540 23,310

3 4 43,000 28,350 35,440 3⁄4 8,200 16,400 24,600 12,500 25,000 37,500

37⁄16 4 43,300 42,470 53,080 7⁄8 12,800 25,600 38,400 10,900 21,800 32,700

315⁄16 5 65,100 61,190 76,485 11⁄8 24,270 48,540 72,810 26,060 52,120 78,180

47⁄16 6 101,160 88,212 110,265 11⁄4 33,760 67,520 101,280 45,375 90,750 136,125

Pipe Couplings Bolts

Shaft Dia.In.

Torque in Lbs.*

SizeIn.

TorqueIn. Lbs.

T4 T5

C-1018 C-1045

Dia.In.

Bolts in Shear T1in. Lbs. �

Bolts in Bearing T2in. Lbs.

No. of Bolts Used

1T3 2 3 1 2 3

No. of Bolts Used

H-26

Torsional Ratings ofConveyor Screw Parts

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings,and coupling bolts.

The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table 1-18

� Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above × 2.5.*Values are for unheattreated shafts.

The lowest torsional rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safelytransmitted. For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part isindicated by the underlined figures in Table 1-18.

Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1", 11⁄2" and 2" couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting factorson the 27⁄16" coupling and on the 3" coupling used in conjunction with 4" pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the 3"coupling used in conjunction with 31⁄2" pipe, and for the 37⁄16" coupling.

Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In. Lbs.)

63,025i×iHP = Torque (In. Lbs.)RPM

EXAMPLE: 12" Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower

63,025i×i5 = 4,040 In. Lbs.78

From the table above 2" shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 21⁄2" std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600).

If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2" couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can beused as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt inshear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. whenthe transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutions include:high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearingtransmission. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.


H-27

Horsepower Ratings ofConveyor Screw Parts

1 11⁄4 .049 .013 .016 3⁄8 .021 .032 .031 .04611⁄2 2 .119 .048 .058 1⁄2 .058 .087 .079 .1192 21⁄2 .226 .120 .146 5⁄8 .120 .180 .124 .18727⁄16 3 .366 .239 .289 5⁄8 .147 .220 .184 .2773 31⁄2 .509 .450 .546 3⁄4 .260 .390 .246 .3693 4 .682 .450 .546 3⁄4 .260 .390 .396 .59537⁄16 4 .682 .675 .818 7⁄8 .406 .609 .345 .5183 31⁄2 .509 .450 .546 3⁄4 .260 .390 .246 .369

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts.

The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratingsof all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table 1-19Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts

Shaft Dia.In.

H.P. per R.P.M.SizeIn.

H.P. perR.P.M.

CEMA Std.(C-1018)

Martin Std.(C-1045)

BoltDia.In.

Bolts in ShearH.P. per R.P.M. �

Bolts in BearingH.P. per R.P.M.

No. of Bolts Used

2 3 2 3

No. of Bolts Used

� Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts.

The lowest horsepower rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safelytransmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined figures in the table above.

Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPM

EXAMPLE: 12" Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower

5 HP = 0.06 HP at 1 RPM

78 RPM

From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2" couplings, so 2" standard couplings with 2 bolts may beused. Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-26.


H-28

End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyortrough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the flow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyortrough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so that therotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor. Placing anend thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have undesirableeffects, but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment.

There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are:

1. Thrust washer assembly — installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the endbearing.

2. Type “E” end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly.

3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads.

Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is notnormally calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to specialdesign in most applications.

Expansion of Screw Conveyors Handling Hot MaterialsScrew conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will

increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed.

The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet duringthe trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of theconveyor usually is fixed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets ordischarge spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required.

Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansionhangers are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearingor sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufficient movement.

The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula:

∆L = L (t1

- t2) C

where: ∆L = increment of change in length, inch

L = overall conveyor length in inches

t1

= upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit

t2

= limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit,(or lowest ambient temperature expected)

C = coefficient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefficient has the following values forvarious metals:

(a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5×10–6, (.0000065)

(b) Stainless steel, 9.9×10–6, (.0000099)

(c) Aluminum, 12.8×10–6, (.0000128)

EXAMPLE:

A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200°F, reaching a hot metaltemperature of 260°F from an original metal temperature of 60°F.

t1

= 260 t1

- t2

= 200

t2

= 60L = (30) (12) = 360

∆L = (360) (200) (6.5×10–6)= 0.468 inches, or about 15⁄32 inches.

Screw Conveyor End ThrustThermal Expansion


H-29

D =0005 (272#) (1923)0000

= .29 inches384 (29,000,000) (3.02)

EXAMPLE: Determine the deflection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3" sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16"-0'.

w = 272#L = 192"I = 3.02 (From chart above)

Applications where the calculated deflection of the screw exceeds .25 inches (1⁄4") should be referred to our EngineeringDepartment for recommendations. Very often the problem of deflection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with alarger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deflection more effectively than heavier wallpipe.

Conveyor ScrewDeflection

when using conveyor screws of standard length, deflection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections ofscrew are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw flights from contacting thetrough because of excessive deflection. The deflection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula.

D =0000005wL3000000

384 (29,000,000) (I)

where: D = Deflection at mid span in inches

w = Total screw weight in pounds, see pages H-79 to H-84

L = Screw length in inches

l = Movement of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21 below

Table 1-20 Schedule 40 Pipe2" 21⁄2" 3" 31⁄2" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10"

l .666 1.53 3.02 4.79 7.23 15.2 28.1 72.5 161

PipeSize

Table 1-21 Schedule 80 Pipe2" 21⁄2" 3" 31⁄2" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10"

l .868 1.92 3.89 6.28 9.61 20.7 40.5 106 212

PipeSize


H-30

ConveyorScrew Deflection

Length ofUnsupported Dummy Deflection Total wt. PipeSpan — Feet Scale Inches Pounds Size I

sch 40

2"

3¹/₂"

2¹/₂"

3029282726252423222120

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

3"

4"

5"

6"30

25

20

15

12

109.08.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

0.67

1.0

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000900800

700

600

500

400

300

250

200

.01

.02

.06

.1

.2

.3

.4

.6

1.0

2346810.0

I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see Table 1-20 or 1-21

The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deflection of most conveyors.


H-31

Inclined andVertical Screw Conveyors

Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating thanhorizontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle ofincline and the characteristics of the material conveyed.

Inclined conveyors operate most efficiently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and aminimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. where possible, they should be operated at relativelyhigh speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material.

Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for yourparticular application.

Vertical screw conveyors provide an efficient method of elevatingmost materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors.Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to preventchoking, they are usually designed with integral feeders.

As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are availablewith many special features and accessories, including components ofstainless steel or other alloys.

Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendationsand horsepower requirements for your particular application.

SEE VERTICAL SCREw CONVEyOR SECTION OFCATALOG FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

InclinedScrewConveyors

VerticalScrewConveyors


H-32

ScrewFeeders

Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material flow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually flooded with material(95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularlyprovided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. Asthe pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longershrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modifications are occasionally required to reduce flushing of very free flowing materialalong the feeder screw.

Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch flighting and Type 2 with short pitch flighting. Both types arealso available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-33 – H-34.Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling fine free flowing materials. Since thediameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. wherehoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type offeeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materialscontaining a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the materialuniformly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening.Types 1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for someapplications. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw withthe smaller pitch is located under the inlet opening.

Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary toconvey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder tomake the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D.

Multiple screw feeders are usually in flat bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge underpressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Sucharrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc.

Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specific materials and applications. we recommend that you contact ourEngineering Department for design information.


H-33

Screw Feeders(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

Feeder Maximum MaximumDiameter Lump Speed

A Size RPM

CapacityCubic Feet per Hour

At OneRPM

At MaximumRPM

B C D E

Extended Screw Diameter F

Trough Loading %

15 30 45

Feeder Inlet MaterialPitch

Feeder Screw ExtendedType Opening Removal Diameter Screw

UniformSF1A Standard Full Length of Standard Tapered None

Inlet Opening

ForepartSF1B Standard Only of Standard Uniform None

Inlet Opening

UniformSF1C Standard Full Length of Standard Tapered As Required

Inlet Opening

ForepartSF1D Standard Only of Standard Uniform As Required

Inlet Opening

6 3⁄4" 70 4.8 336 36 12 7 14 12 9 9 9 11⁄2" 65 17 1105 42 18 9 18 18 14 12

12 2" 60 44 2640 48 24 10 22 24 18 16

14 21⁄2" 55 68 3740 54 28 11 24 20 1816 3" 50 104 5200 56 32 111⁄2 28 24 2018 3" 45 150 6750 58 36 121⁄8 31 2420 31⁄2" 40 208 8320 60 40 131⁄2 3424 4" 30 340 10200 64 48 161⁄2 40

SF1A

SF1B

SF1C

SF1D

*Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.

Typical Type 1

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-33

H-34

Screw Feeders(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

6 1⁄2" 70 3.1 217 60 18 7 14 10 9 9 9 3⁄4" 65 11 715 66 26 9 18 14 12 10

12 1" 60 29 1740 72 36 10 22 20 16 14

14 11⁄4" 55 44 2420 76 42 11 24 24 18 16 16 11⁄2" 50 68 3400 78 48 111⁄2 28 20 1818 13⁄4" 45 99 4455 80 54 121⁄8 31 24 2020 2" 40 137 5480 82 60 131⁄2 34 2424 21⁄2" 30 224 6720 86 72 161⁄2 40

SF2A

SF2B

SF2C

SF2D

Feeder Maximum MaximumDiameter Lump Speed

A Size RPM

CapacityCubic Feet per Hour

At OneRPM

At MaximumRPM

B C D E

Extended Screw Diameter F

Trough Loading %

15 30 45

Typical Type 2Feeder Inlet Material

PitchFeeder Screw Extended

Type Opening Removal Diameter Screw

UniformSF2A Long Full Length of Short (2⁄3) Tapered None

Inlet Opening

ForepartSF2B Long Only of Short (2⁄3) Uniform None

Inlet Opening

UniformSF2C Long Full Length of Short (2⁄3) Tapered As Required

Inlet Opening

ForepartSF2D Long Only of Short (2⁄3) Uniform As Required

Inlet Opening

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-34

H-35

Design andLayout

SECTION IIDESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II

Classification of Enclosure Types..............................................................................................H-36Hand of Conveyors....................................................................................................................H-37Classification of Special Continuous Weld Finishes..................................................................H-38Detailing of “U" Trough ..............................................................................................................H-39Detailing of Tubular Trough .......................................................................................................H-40Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges ..............................................................................H-41Bolt Tables ................................................................................................................................H-43Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................H-45Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements .......................................................................................H-46Standards Helicoid Screw .........................................................................................................H-47Standards Sectional (Buttweld) Screw......................................................................................H-48Screw Conveyor Sample Horsepower Worksheet...................................................................H-173

Classes of EnclosuresConveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings

from a hazardous material being conveyed.This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures — without regard to their end use or

application. These several classes call for specific things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees ofenclosure protection.

Enclosure ClassificationsClass IE — Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the

enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust controlis not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary — although as conveyorenclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded.

Class IIE — Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against,the material being handled.

Class IIIE — Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust,and for or against the material being handled.

Class IVE — Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of waterfrom the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case.

When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-35

H-36

Enclosures

Enclosure Construction

Enclosure Classifications

I E II E III E IV EComponent Classification

A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTIONFormed & Angle Top Flange1. Plate type end flange

a. Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X Xb. Continuous arc weld on top of end flange and trough top rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X

2. Trough Top Rail Angles(Angle Top trough only)a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xb. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on

lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xc. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent

arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is usedbetween leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

B. COVER CONSTRUCTION1. Plain flat

a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xb. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X

2. Semi-Flangeda. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X Xb. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xc. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

3. Flangeda. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xb. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

4. Hip Roofa. Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X

C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction

a. Max. spacing plain flat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60"b. Max. spacing semi-flanged covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60" 30" 18" 18"c. Max. spacing flanged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40" 24" 24"

D. GASKETS1. Covers

a. Red rubber or felt up to 230° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Xb. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Xc. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

2. Trough End flangesa. Mastic type compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xb. Red rubber up to 230° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xc. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Xd. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS*1. When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X2. When handling abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X*Lip type seals for non-abrasive materialsFelt type for mildly abrasive materialsWaste type for highly abrasive materialsWaste type for moderately abrassiveAir purged Martin Super Pac for extremely abrasiveBulk Heads may be required for abrasive & hot materials

NOTE: CHECK MATERIAL TEMPERATURE.

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-36

H-37

HandConveyors

Left Hand Right Hand

Right and Left Hand ScrewsA conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. The hand of the screw is easily determined

by looking at the end of the screw.

The screw pictured to the left has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction, or to your left. Sameas left hand threads on a bolt. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw.

The screw pictured to the right has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction, or to your right. Same asright hand threads on a bolt. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.

A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same configuration. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible,then by merely imagining that the flighting has been cut, with the cut end exposed, the hand of the screw may be easily determined.

Conveyor Screw RotationFlow Flow

C.W. C.C.W.Rotation Rotation

Left Hand Right Hand

The above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. When the material flow is in the direction away from theend being viewed, a R.H. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L.H. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-37

H-38

Conveyor ScrewRotation

The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material flow are known.

Special Screw Conveyor Continuous Weld FinishesSpecifications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term “grind smooth" when referring to the finish on continuous welds.

This specification is usually used for stainless steel, but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specifications as well.

“Grind smooth" is a general term and subject to various interpretations. This Table establishes recommended classes of finishes,which should be used to help find the class required for an application.

Weld FinishesOperation

I II III IV

Weld spatter and slag removed X X X X

Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness X(Equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish)

Medium grind welds — leaving some pits and crevices X(Equivalent to a 80-100 grit finish)

Fine grind welds — no pits or crevices permissible X(Equivalent to a 140-150 grit finish)

RIGHT HAND

RIGHT HAND

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

* Martin IV Finish: CEMA IV welds, polish pipe & flights to 140-150 grit finish.* Martin IV Polish: Same as above plus Scotch-Brite Finish.

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-38

H-39

Layout

Trough

4 1 9-101⁄2 10 11⁄2 3⁄8 41⁄2 7⁄8 35⁄8 45⁄8 33⁄4 5 53⁄4 17⁄16 1

6 11⁄2 9-10 10 2 3⁄8 6 13⁄16 41⁄2 55⁄8 5 7 81⁄8 11⁄2 1

11⁄29 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 8 15⁄16 61⁄8 7 7⁄8 71⁄8 10 93⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄2

11⁄210 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 9 19⁄16 63⁄8 87⁄8 77⁄8 11 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4

2 11-10 2 12 27⁄16 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 101⁄2 13⁄8 73⁄4 95⁄8 87⁄8 13 121⁄4 2 15⁄8

3 11-9 3

27⁄1614 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 111⁄2 13⁄8 91⁄4 107⁄8 101⁄8 15 131⁄2 2 15⁄8

16 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 131⁄2 13⁄4 105⁄8 12 111⁄8 17 147⁄8 21⁄2 2

3 11-9 3 18 12 5⁄8 141⁄2 13⁄4 121⁄8 133⁄8 123⁄8 19 16 21⁄2 2

37⁄16 11-8 4

3 11-9 3 20 12 3⁄4 151⁄2 2 131⁄2 15 133⁄8 21 191⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄4

37⁄16 11-8 4

24 37⁄16 11-8 12 4 3⁄4 171⁄2 21⁄4 161⁄2 181⁄8 153⁄8 25 20 21⁄2 21⁄2

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E.

Hanger Bearing Centers

Std. Length Conveyor Screw

Standard Housing Length

(Min.)

G(Min.)

Trough

Typical Method of Detailing9" × 2" × 25'-0" Conveyor

Total Cover LengthCover Lengths

Hanger Spacings

Conveyor LengthsBare Pipe

Thrust BearingDrive ShaftSeal

Spout Spacing

Housing Lengths

Total Length

9TCP16 Covers

9S412-R Screws

9CTF10 Troughs

Tail Shaft

Ball Bearing

Seal

9CH2264 Hangers (Typ.)CC4H Couplings

(Typ.)

A BScrew Coupling C D E F G H J K L M N P RDia. Dia. Length Length (Min.)

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-39

H-40

Typical Method of Detailing9" × 2" × 15'-0" Conveyor

Hanger Bearing Centers

(Min.)

(Min.)

Tubular Housing

A BScrew Coupling C D E F G H K L M N P RDia. Dia. Length Length (Min.)

Std. Length Conveyor Screw

Standard Housing Length

Hanger Spacings

Conveyor LengthsBare Pipe

Thrust BearingDrive ShaftSeal

Spout Spacing

Housing Lengths

Total Length

9CH2264 — Hanger

9S412-R Screws

9CHT10 Troughs

Tail Shaft

Ball Bearing

Seal

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E.

Layout

(Bare Pipe)

4 1 9-101⁄2 10 11⁄2 3⁄8 41⁄2 7⁄8 45⁄8 33⁄4 5 53⁄4 17⁄16 1

6 11⁄2 9-10 10 2 3⁄8 6 13⁄16 55⁄8 5 7 81⁄8 11⁄2 1

11⁄29 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 8 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 71⁄8 10 93⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄2

11⁄210 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 9 19⁄16 87⁄8 77⁄8 11 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4

2 11-10 2 12 27⁄16 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 101⁄2 13⁄8 95⁄8 87⁄8 13 121⁄4 2 15⁄8

3 11-9 3

27⁄1614 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 111⁄2 13⁄8 107⁄8 101⁄8 15 131⁄2 2 15⁄8

16 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 131⁄2 13⁄4 12 111⁄8 17 147⁄8 21⁄2 2

3 11-9 3 18 12 5⁄8 141⁄2 13⁄4 133⁄8 123⁄8 19 16 21⁄2 2

37⁄16 11-8 4

3 11-9 3 20 12 3⁄4 151⁄2 2 15 133⁄8 21 191⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄4

37⁄16 11-8 4

24 37⁄16 11-8 12 4 3⁄4 171⁄2 21⁄4 181⁄8 153⁄8 25 20 21⁄2 21⁄2

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-40

H-41

Bolt Patterns

U-Trough End Flanges

Flared Trough End Flanges

6 Bolts

8 Bolts 10 Bolts 12 Bolts

4 6 3⁄8 7 35⁄8 11⁄8 31⁄8 31⁄8 31⁄8 X X X

6 6 3⁄8 87⁄8 41⁄2 11⁄32 41⁄8 41⁄16 41⁄16 X X X

9 8 3⁄8 121⁄2 61⁄8 13⁄16 41⁄8 33⁄4 51⁄8 41⁄8 X X

10 8 3⁄8 131⁄4 63⁄8 21⁄4 31⁄2 43⁄16 51⁄16 41⁄8 X X

12 8 1⁄2 157⁄8 73⁄4 11⁄2 55⁄16 41⁄16 73⁄4 53⁄16 X X

14 8 1⁄2 177⁄8 91⁄4 217⁄32 55⁄8 515⁄16 6 515⁄16 X X

16 8 5⁄8 20 105⁄8 25⁄8 63⁄8 65⁄8 71⁄2 65⁄8 X X

18 10 5⁄8 22 121⁄8 223⁄32 515⁄16 57⁄8 57⁄8 57⁄8 57⁄8 X

20 10 5⁄8 243⁄8 131⁄2 225⁄32 61⁄4 611⁄16 611⁄16 611⁄16 611⁄16 X

24 12 5⁄8 281⁄2 161⁄2 225⁄32 61⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8

Screw Bolts

Diameter Number Diameter A B E F G H J K L

6 3⁄8 6 47⁄16 7 73⁄16 127⁄32 51⁄4 51⁄4 21⁄32 — — —

9 3⁄8 8 61⁄4 9 921⁄32 143⁄64 5 5 29⁄16 5 — —

12 1⁄2 8 715⁄16 10 1113⁄16 113⁄16 53⁄4 53⁄4 37⁄8 53⁄4 — —

14 1⁄2 10 815⁄16 11 1249⁄64 21⁄16 51⁄8 51⁄8 3 51⁄8 51⁄8 —

16 5⁄8 10 10 111⁄2 1411⁄16 215⁄64 51⁄2 51⁄2 33⁄4 51⁄2 51⁄2 —

18 5⁄8 10 11 121⁄8 16 25⁄8 63⁄16 63⁄16 215⁄16 63⁄16 63⁄16 —

20 5⁄8 10 123⁄16 131⁄2 177⁄8 29⁄32 7 7 311⁄32 7 7 —

24 5⁄8 12 141⁄4 161⁄2 2061⁄64 25⁄16 67⁄8 67⁄8 35⁄16 67⁄8 67⁄8 67⁄8

Screw Bolts A B C E F G H J K LDiameter Diameter HolesInches Number Inches

6 Bolts 8 Bolts 10 Bolts 12 Bolts

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-41

H-42

Bolt Patterns

Tubular Housing Flanges

Intake & Discharge Flanges

6 bolts 10 bolts

8 bolts 12 bolts

12 bolts 20 bolts

4 6--3⁄8 12--1⁄4 5 7 21⁄4 — 21⁄4 3⁄8 71⁄2

6 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 7 87⁄8 213⁄16 — 3 11⁄16 10

9 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 10 117⁄8 4 — 4 1⁄2 13

10 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 11 131⁄4 45⁄16 — 43⁄8 5⁄8 141⁄4

12 8--1⁄2 12--3⁄8 13 15 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 7⁄8 171⁄4

14 8--1⁄2 20--3⁄8 15 17 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 7⁄8 191⁄4

16 8--5⁄8 20--3⁄8 17 191⁄2 33⁄4 4 4 7⁄8 211⁄4

18 10--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 19 22 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 11⁄8 241⁄4

20 10--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 21 243⁄8 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 11⁄8 261⁄4

24 12--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 25 281⁄2 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 11⁄8 301⁄4

Screw Flange BoltsA E Q R S T U

Size Tubular X Discharge Y

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-42

H-43

6 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

6 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄412

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

3 ⁄4

6 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

12 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

6 -

1 ⁄4×

3 ⁄4

7 -

3 ⁄8×

18

- 3 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄48

- 3 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄48

- 1 ⁄2

× 1

1 ⁄48

- 1 ⁄2

× 1

1 ⁄48

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄410

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄410

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄212

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄8×

14

- 3 ⁄8

×1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

6 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

6 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

6 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

6 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

6 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

6 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

6 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

5 -

1 ⁄4×

3 ⁄4

6 -

3 ⁄8×

18

- 3 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄48

- 3 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄410

- 1 ⁄2

× 1

1 ⁄411

- 1 ⁄2

× 1

1 ⁄412

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄412

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄412

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄212

- 5 ⁄8

× 1

1 ⁄2

6 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

6 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

12 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

2 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

6 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

6 -

3 ⁄8×

1

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

8 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

10 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

12 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

2 -

1 ⁄2×

2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

23 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

23 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

23 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

2

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄4×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄4×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄4×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄4×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

3 ⁄8×

1

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

5 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

10-

5 ⁄16×

1

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

10-

5 ⁄16×

1

10-

5 ⁄16×

1

10 -

5 ⁄16×

1

2 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

2 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

2 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

2 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

13 ⁄4

2 -

1 ⁄2×

13 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

2

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

8 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

12 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

12 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

12 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

12 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

12 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

12 -

3 ⁄8×

1

12 -

3 ⁄8×

1

12 -

3 ⁄8×

1

12 -

3 ⁄8×

1

12 -

3 ⁄8×

1

20 -

3 ⁄8×

1

20 -

3 ⁄8×

1

20 -

1 ⁄2×

1

20 -

1 ⁄2×

1

20 -

1 ⁄2×

1

10 -

3 ⁄8×

1

10 -

3 ⁄8×

1

10 -

3 ⁄8×

1

10 -

3 ⁄8×

1

10 -

3 ⁄8×

1

16 -

3 ⁄8×

1

16 -

3 ⁄8×

1

16 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

16 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

16 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄4

Bolt Requirements

Fla

nge,

Tro

ugh

Fla

nge,

Tub

ular

Hou

sing

End

s, T

roug

h

Insi

de

Insi

de D

isch

arge

Insi

de R

ecta

ngul

ar

Out

side

Typ

e

Out

side

Dis

char

ge

End

s, T

ubul

ar H

ousi

ng

Han

ger,

Tro

ugh

Sty

le 6

0

Sty

le 7

0

Sty

le 2

16

Sty

le 2

20

Sty

le 2

26

Sty

le 2

30

Sty

le 3

16

Sty

le 3

26

Cov

ers,

Tro

ugh

(Std

. 10

ft.)

Sad

dle

— F

eet

Fla

nged

Fee

t

Sad

dle

(Now

Wel

ded)

Spo

uts,

Dis

char

ge

Atta

chin

g B

olts

Fla

nge

Fla

nge

w/S

lide

Bolt Requirements Related to Conveyor Trough Sizes

Part Name

46

910

1214

1618

2024

All

bolts

hex

hea

d ca

p sc

rew

s w

ith h

ex n

uts

and

lock

was

hers

.

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-43

3 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

3 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

3 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

3 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

3 -

3 ⁄4×

2

3 -

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄4

3 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

3 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

3 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

3 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

3 -

3 ⁄4×

2

3 -

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄4×

2

4 -

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄4×

23 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

34

- 3 ⁄4

× 3

4

- 3 ⁄4

× 3

1 ⁄4

2 -

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

13 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄4

2 -

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄2

2 -

7 ⁄8×

23 ⁄4

2 -

3 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

2 -

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄2

2 -

5 ⁄8 ×

23 ⁄4

2 -

7 ⁄8×

31 ⁄2

2 -

7 ⁄8×

33 ⁄4

2 -

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

23 ⁄4

2 -

3 ⁄4×

3

2 -

7 ⁄8×

31 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

23 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

23 ⁄44

- 5 ⁄8

× 3

1 ⁄44

- 3 ⁄4

× 3

1 ⁄24

- 3 ⁄4

× 3

3 ⁄4

3 ⁄8×

21 ⁄1

61 ⁄2

× 3

5 ⁄8

× 3

5 ⁄85 ⁄8

× 4

3 ⁄83 ⁄4

× 5

- 3

"P

ipe

7 ⁄8×

51 ⁄2

3 ⁄4×

51 ⁄2

- 4"

Pip

e

4 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

11 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄4×

13 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄4×

13 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄4

4 -

3 ⁄4×

3

4 -

3 ⁄4×

31 ⁄2

4 -

1 ⁄2×

3

4 -

1 ⁄2×

3

4 -

5 ⁄8×

31 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄4×

31 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄4×

4

2 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

2 -

1 ⁄2×

11 ⁄2

2 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

2 -

5 ⁄8×

13 ⁄4

2 -

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

31 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

31 ⁄2

4 -

5 ⁄8×

4

4 -

3 ⁄4×

4

4 -

3 ⁄4×

5

4 -

1 ⁄2×

4

4 -

1 ⁄2×

4

4 -

5 ⁄8×

41 ⁄2

4 -

3 ⁄4×

5

4 -

3 ⁄4×

51 ⁄2

Bea

rings

, End

Dis

char

ge B

ronz

e

Dis

char

ge B

all

Fla

nged

Bro

nze

Fla

nged

Bal

l

Fla

nged

Rol

ler

Pill

ow B

lock

Bro

nze

Pill

ow B

lock

Bal

l

Pill

ow B

lock

, Rol

ler

Bea

rings

, Thr

ust

Typ

e “E

" R

olle

r

Cou

plin

g B

olts

Sea

ls, S

hafts

Fla

nged

Gla

nd

Pla

te w

/Bal

l or

Bro

nze

Pla

te w

/Rol

ler

Spl

it G

land

Was

te P

ack,

w/B

all o

r B

ronz

e

Was

te P

ack,

w/R

olle

r

*See

pag

e H

-85

for

spec

ial c

oupl

ing

bolts

.A

ll ot

her

bolts

hex

hea

d ca

p sc

rew

s w

ith h

ex n

uts

and

lock

was

hers

.

Bolt Requirements Related to Shaft Coupling Sizes

Part Name

111⁄2

227⁄16

337⁄16

H-44

Bolt Requirements

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-44

H-45

Pipe Sizes, Dimensionsand Weights

1⁄8 .405 10S .049 .307 .1863 40 40S Est .068 .269 .244780 80S Ex. Hvy. .095 .215 .3145

1⁄4 .540 10S .065 .410 .3297 40 40S Est. .088 .364 .424880 80S Ex. Hvy. .119 .302 .5351

3⁄8 .675 10S .065 .545 .423540 40S Std. .091 .493 .5676 80 80S Ex. Hvy. .126 .423 .7388

1⁄2 .840 5S .065 .710 .538310S .083 .674 .6710

40 40S Est. .109 .622 .8510 80 80S Ex. Hvy. .147 .546 1.088

160 .187 .466 1.304XX Hvy. .294 .252 1.714

3⁄4 1.050 5S .065 .920 .6838 10S .083 .884 .8572

40 40S Std. .113 .824 1.13180 80S Ex. Hvy. .154 .742 1.474

160 .218 .614 1.937XX Hvy. .308 .434 2.441

1 1.315 5S .065 1.185 .867810S .109 1.097 1.404

40 40S Std. .133 1.049 1.679 80 80S Ex. Hvy. .179 .957 2.172

160 .250 .815 2.844XX Hvy. .358 .599 3.659

11⁄4 1.660 5S .065 1.530 1.107 10S .109 1.442 1.806

40 40S Std. .140 1.380 2.27380 80S Ex. Hvy. .191 1.278 2.997

160 .250 1.160 3.765XX Hvy. .382 .896 5.214

11⁄2 1.900 5S .065 1.770 1.274 10S .109 1.682 2.085

40 40S Std. .145 1.610 2.71880 80S Ex. Hvy. .200 1.500 3.631

160 .281 1.338 4.859XX Hvy. .400 1.100 6.408

2 2.375 5S .065 2.245 1.60410S .109 2.157 2.638

40 40S Std. .154 2.067 3.65380 80S Ex. Hvy. .218 1.939 5.022

160 .343 1.689 7.444XX Hvy. .436 1.503 9.029

21⁄2 2.875 5S .083 2.709 2.47510S .120 2.635 3.531

40 40S Std. .203 2.469 5.793 80 80S Ex. Hvy. .276 2.323 7.661

160 .375 2.125 10.01 XX Hvy. .552 1.771 13.69

3 3.500 5S .083 3.334 3.02910S .120 3.260 4.332

40 40S Est. .216 3.068 7.57680 80S Ex. Hvy. .300 2.900 10.25

160 .438 2.624 14.32

XX Hvy. .600 2.300 18.58

31⁄2 4.000 5S .083 3.834 3.47210S .120 3.760 4.973

40 40S Std. .226 3.548 9.10980 80S Ex. Hvy. .318 3.364 12.50

4 4.500 5S .083 4.334 3.91510S .120 4.260 5.613

40 40S Est. .237 4.026 10.7980 80S Ex. Hvy. .337 3.826 14.98

120 .438 3.624 19.00160 .531 3.438 22.51

XX Hvy. .674 3.152 27.54

5 5.563 5S .109 5.345 6.34910S .134 5.295 7.770

40 40S Est. .258 5.047 14.6280 80S Ex. Hvy. .375 4.813 20.78

120 .500 4.563 27.04160 .625 4.313 32.96

XX Hvy. .750 4.063 38.55

6 6.625 5S .109 6.407 7.58510S .134 6.357 9.289

40 40S Std. .280 6.065 18.9780 80S Ex. Hvy. .432 5.761 28.57

120 .562 5.491 36.39160 .718 5.189 45.30

XX Hvy. .864 4.897 53.16

8 8.625 5S .109 8.407 9.91410S .148 8.329 13.40

20 .250 8.125 22.3630 .277 8.071 24.7040 40S Est. .322 7.981 28.5560 .406 7.813 35.6480 80S Ex. Hvy. .500 7.625 43.39

100 .593 7.439 50.87120 .718 7.189 60.63140 .812 7.001 67.76

XX Hvy. .875 6.875 72.42160 .906 6.813 74.69

10 10.750 5S .134 10.482 15.1910S .165 10.420 18.70

20 .250 10.250 28.0430 .307 10.136 34.2440 40S Std. .365 10.020 40.4860 80S Ex. Hvy. .500 9.750 54.7480 .593 9.564 64.33

100 .718 9.224 76.93120 .843 9.064 89.20140 1.000 8.750 104.1160 1.125 8.500 115.7

NOTE:Weights shown are in pounds per foot, basedon the average wall of the pipe. The followingformula was used in calculating the weightper foot.

W = 10.68 (D — t)tW = Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits)D = Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places)

t = Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places)

All weights are carried to four digits only, the fifthdigit being carried forward if five or over, or droppedif under five.

Nominal Outside InsidePipe Size Diameter I.P.S. Schedule Wall Diameter Wt./Ft.

Inches Inches Inches Inches Pounds

Nominal Outside InsidePipe Size Diameter I.P.S. Schedule Wall Diameter Wt./Ft.

Inches Inches Inches Inches Pounds

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-45

H-46

Typical DriveArrangements

The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below.

In addition to those shown, other types availble are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connectionto other equipment.

For special drive requirements, consult our Engineering Department.

(Side View)

(End View)

(Side View)

(Top View)

ScrewDriverReducer

ShaftMountedReducer

GearmotorDrive

Base TypeReducerDrive

Reducer mounts on trough end, and is directly con-nected to the conveyor screw and includes integralthrust bearing, seal gland, and drive shaft. Motormount may be positioned at top, either side, orbelow. Separate drive shaft, end bearing, and sealare not required.

Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. Motor and“V"-Belt drive may be in any convenient location.The torque arm may be fastened to the floor, or fittedto trough end. Requires extended drive shaft, endbearing, and seal.

Note: Requires thrust unit or collars to hold thrust.

Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyordrive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough bymeans of an adapter plate.

Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer, withchain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mountedon floor or platform as close as possible to conveyor.

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-46

H-47

4 1 4H206 11⁄4 9-101⁄2 1⁄161⁄8 3⁄16

3⁄321⁄2 1⁄4 1.005 1.016 1⁄2 2 13⁄32

6 11⁄2 6H304 2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

1⁄8 1⁄161⁄2 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

6 11⁄2 6H308 2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

1⁄4 1⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

6 11⁄2 6H312 2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

3⁄8 3⁄163⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

9 11⁄2 9H306 2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

3⁄163⁄32

3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

9 11⁄2 9H312 2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

3⁄8 3⁄163⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

9 2 9H406 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

3⁄163⁄32

3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

9 2 9H412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄161⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄16

3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

9 2 9H414 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄161⁄4 7⁄16

7⁄323⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

10 11⁄2 10H306 2 9-10 1⁄163⁄16

3⁄163⁄32

3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

10 2 10H412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄161⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄16

3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

12 2 12H408 21⁄2 11-10 1⁄8 5⁄161⁄4 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

12 2 12H412 21⁄2 11-10 1⁄8 5⁄163⁄8 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

12 27⁄16 12H508 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄161⁄4 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

12 27⁄16 12H512 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄163⁄8 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

12 3 12H614 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄167⁄32 1 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

14 27⁄16 14H508 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄161⁄4 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

14 3 14H614 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄167⁄32 1 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

16 3 16H610 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 5⁄165⁄32 11⁄2 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

16 3 16H614 4 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄167⁄32 11⁄2 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

CEMAStandards

ListedScrewDiameterandPitch

CouplingDiameter

PipeSize

Schedule40

LengthFeetandInches

Plus PlusMinus Minus Minimum MaximumInnerEdge

OuterEdge

SizeDesignation

Spacing1st BoltHole

Centers2nd BoltHole

NominalBoltHoleSize

A B C D F G H

DiameterTolerance

PitchTolerance

Thickness Bushing BoreInside Diameter

4 13⁄8 1 5⁄8

6 2 11⁄2 7⁄8

9 3 21⁄8 11⁄2

10 33⁄8 21⁄4 13⁄4

12 4 23⁄4 2

14 45⁄8 31⁄8 21⁄2

16 51⁄4 31⁄2 3

18 6 37⁄8 33⁄8

20 65⁄8 41⁄4 37⁄8

24 77⁄8 47⁄8 47⁄8

ScrewDiameter A B C

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

Cut Flight/Cut & Folded Flight Conveyors

Depth of cut “C” is one half the flight width for normalmaximum pipe size. Lengths “A” and “B” are calcu-lated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch.

ADiametertolerance

BThicknessat edges

CPitch

tolerance Flighting fitted snug topipe with intermediate welds

End lugs used on all sizesexcept 4" diameter conveyor

Length

Carrying Side

Omit First Two Cuts

5 CutsPer Pitch

Carrying Side

Omit FirstTwo Cuts

5 Cuts PerPitch

Helicoid Screw Conveyors

+ 0– 1⁄16"

F GH — Bolt hole

DBore

App

roxi

mat

ely

5 E

qual

Spa

ces

Right Angle Bend

Ben

d

Line

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-47

H-48

CEMAStandards

6 11⁄2 6S312 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

11⁄2 9S312 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

92 9S412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

2 9S416 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

10 2 10S412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

2 12S412 21⁄2 11-10 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

27⁄16 12S512 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

12 27⁄16 12S516 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

3 12S616 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 12S624 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

27⁄16 14S512 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

14 3 14S616 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 14S624 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 16S612 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

163 16S616 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 16S624 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 16S632 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 18S612 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

18 3 18S616 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 18S624 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 18S632 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 20S612 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

20 3 20S616 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 20S624 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

37⁄16 24S712 4 11-8 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

24 37⁄16 24S716 4 11-8 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

37⁄16 24S724 4 11-8 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

37⁄16 24S732 4 11-8 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

ListedScrew

DiameterandPitch

Cplng.Dia.

PipeSize

Schedule40

LengthFeetand

InchesPlus PlusMinus Minus Minimum Maximum

SizeDesignation

Spacing1st BoltHole

Centers2nd BoltHole

NominalBoltHoleSize

A B C D F G H

DiameterTolerance

PitchToleranceFlight

Thickness

Bushing BoreInside Diameter

Sectional Screw Conveyors

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

ADiametertolerance

BThickness

of Butt WeldedFlight

CPitch

tolerance Flighting fitted snug topipe with intermediate welds

End lugs on 6" through 16"sizes. On 18", 20" and 24",end welds or end lugs usedaccording to manufacturer ’sstandards.

Length

F GH — Bolt hole

DBore

+ 0– 1⁄16"

H33 - H48 ELF_H33 - H48 4/23/14 3:50 PM Page H-48

H-49

Components

SECTION III

COMPONENT SECTION III PAGEComponent Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-50Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-52Discharges and Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-56Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-62Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-69End Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-70Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-72Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-74Conveyor Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-77Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-85Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-86Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-91Hanger Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-99Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-101Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-104Conveyor Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-106

SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIEDIN STOCK

H49 - H64 MHC - Elf-NEW.qxp_H49 - H64 5/1/14 12:36 PM Page H-49

H-50

ComponentSelection

Required InformationScrew diameterShaft diameterMaterial component groupUnusual material characteristics

Conveyor ScrewsStandard length conveyor screws should be used wheneverpossible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required.

The recommended screws listed in the Component SeriesTable are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. Theuse of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter ofindividual preference.

Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end whichis being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation isreversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away fromthat end.

In left hand screw conveyors, the material flow is opposite tothat of right hand screws, the direction of rotation beingunchanged.

To determine hand of screw see pages H-37 and H-38.

The material is carried on one face of the conveyor flighting inconveyors which are required to transport material in onedirection, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on theopposite face to facilitate unimpeded flow of the material.Conveyor sections must be installed in such a manner that allend lugs are toward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyorsections must not be turned end for end without reversing thedirection of rotation, or conversely, the direction of rotation mustnot be reversed without turning the conveyor sections end forend.

Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended formaterial transport in either direction should be referred to ourEngineering Department.

Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the lastdischarge opening to ensure complete discharge of materialwithout carryover.

Continuity of material flow at hanger points is accomplished byopposing adjacent flight ends approximately 180º. (As close to180° as the predrilled holes will allow.)

Conveyor Trough and Tubular HousingStandard trough and housing sections are available in five,six, ten, and 12 foot lengths. Standard five and six foot lengthsshould be used when connecting flanges coincide withdischarge openings or hanger bearings.

ShaftsThe primary consideration in determining the type and size ofcoupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected areadequate to transmit the horsepower required, including anyoverload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However,high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations.Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosiveor contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyorsequipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearingsrequire hardened coupling shafts. Specific shaft sizedetermination is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, pageH-26.

Shaft SealsSeveral conveyor end seal types are available to preventcontamination of the conveyed material or to prevent theescape of material from the system.

BearingsHanger Bearing — The purpose of hanger bearings is toprovide intermediate support when multiple screw sections areused. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads.Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between thebearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by thethrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe.

The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the MaterialCharacteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material tobe handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of thematerial or the conditions under which the conveyor mustoperate make it desirable to use special bearing materials.Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult ourEngineering Department.

End Bearings— Several end bearing types are available, andtheir selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load andthrust load. The relative values of these loads determines endbearing types.


H-51

ComponentSelection

Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However,drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) aresubject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such aschain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. ScrewConveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carryboth thrust and radial loads.

Discharge Spouts and GatesStandard discharge spouts and gates are available for eitherconveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operatedeither manually or by remote controls.

In installations where it is possible to overfill the device to whichmaterial is being transported, an additional overflow dischargeopening or overflow relief device should be provided. Consultour Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlockand safety devices to prevent overflow or damage toequipment.

It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are suchthat standard component specifications are inadequate. Shouldunusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, ourEngineering Department should be consulted.

Conveyor EndsA complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard foreither conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of manybearing types and combinations.

Special ApplicationsMore common of the unusual material characteristics whichrequire other than the recommended components are:

Corrosive Materials — Components may be fabricated fromalloys not affected by the material or may be coated with aprotective substance.

Contaminable Materials — Require the use of oilimpregnated, sealed, or dry type hanger bearings. End shaftsshould be sealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from theoutside. Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyorcomponents should be designed for convenient disassembly.

Abrasive Materials — These materials may be handled inconveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasionresistant alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposedsurfaces with rubber or special resins also materially reducesabrasive damage.

Interlocking or Matting Materials— Conveying with standardcomponents is sometimes possible by the use of specialfeeding devices at the conveyor inlet.

Hygroscopic Materials— Frequently these materials may behandled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealedfrom the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessaryto provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriatecirculating medium to maintain the material at an elevatedtemperature. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas isalso used in some installations.

Viscous or Sticky Materials— Ribbon flight conveyor screwsare most frequently used for conveying these materialsalthough standard components may be specially coated toimprove the flow of material.

Harmful Vapors or Dusts — These materials may be safelyhandled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing, orgasketed flanged tubular housing with particular attention toshaft sealing. Trough or housing exhaust systems have alsobeen successfully used in some installations.

Blending in Transit — Ribbon, cut flight, paddle, or acombination of these screw types may be designed to producethe desired degree of blending, aeration or mixing.

Explosive Dusts — The danger of this condition may beminimized in most installations by the use of components whichare fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyorsealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are alsoadvisable for the removal of explosive dusts.

Materials Subject to Packing — This condition requires theuse of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials arepulverulent and a special feeder device when material particlesare large or fibrous.

Materials which are Fluid when Aerated — This conditionmay be used to advantage in some installations by declining theconveyor system toward the discharge end.

Degradable Materials— Some particles that are easily brokenor distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors byreducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor sizesufficient to deliver the required volume of material.

Elevated Temperature — Components should be fabricatedfrom high temperature alloys. Should the process be such thatcooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketedtrough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool thematerial and standard components used after the point wherematerial temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.


H-52

FORMED Commonly used economical trough. FLANGE One piece construction. U-TROUGH Standard lengths in stock.

ANGLE Rigid construction. FLANGE Standard lengths in stock. U-TROUGH

FORMED Loadable to full cross section for feeder applications. FLANGE Minimizes fall back in inclined applications. TUBULAR Easily taken apart for maintenance. TROUGH Can be gasketed for dust tight enclosure. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers.

SOLID One piece construction for totally enclosed or inclined TUBULAR applications. TROUGH Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. FLARED Used where materials tend to bridge or when flared TROUGH inlets are needed.

CHANNEL Adds structural support for longer than standard spans. TROUGH

DROP Used when complete material clean-out is critical. BOTTOM Can be furnished with hinges TROUGH either side and bolts or clamps opposite side.

FORMED Material being conveyed forms its own trough thereby FLANGE reducing trough wear. RECTANGULAR One piece construction. TROUGH

ANGLE The same as formed flange rectangular except top FLANGE flanges are made from structural angle. RECTANGULAR TROUGH

JACKETED Jacket allows heating or cooling of material being TROUGH conveyed.

ConveyorTrough


H-53

4 16 GA. 4CTA16 53 29 — — 4CTF16 41 23 — — 75⁄8 71⁄4 4 14 4CTA14 60 33 — — 4CTF14 50 28 — — 5 11⁄4 35⁄8 711⁄16 71⁄4 4 12 4CTA12 78 42 — — 4CTF12 70 38 — — 73⁄4 71⁄4 6 16 GA. 6CTA16 67 44 — — 6CTF16 55 32 — — 95⁄8 911⁄16 6 14 6CTA14 78 49 — — 6CTF14 67 38 — — 911⁄16 911⁄16 6 12 6CTA12 101 60 — — 6CTF12 91 50 — — 7 11⁄4 41⁄2 93⁄4 6 10 6CTA10 123 73 — — 6CTF10 117 64 — — 93⁄4 6 3⁄16 6CTA7 164 86 — — 6CTF7 150 79 — — 97⁄8 9 16 GA. 9CTA16 113 66 — — 9CTF16 83 51 — — 131⁄8 131⁄4 9 14 9CTA14 127 73 — — 9CTF14 99 59 — — 133⁄16 9 12 9CTA12 156 87 — — 9CTF12 132 75 — — 10 11⁄2 61⁄8 131⁄4 9 10 9CTA10 176 102 — — 9CTF10 164 91 — — 135⁄16 9 3⁄16 9CTA7 230 124 — — 9CTF7 214 116 — — 133⁄8 9 1⁄4 9CTA3 286 152 — — 9CTF3 276 147 — — 131⁄2 10 16 GA. 10CTA16 118 69 — — 10CTF16 88 54 — — 141⁄8 141⁄4 10 14 10CTA14 133 76 — — 10CTF14 105 62 — — 143⁄16 10 12 10CTA12 164 92 — — 10CTF12 140 80 — — 11 11⁄2 63⁄8 141⁄4 10 10 10CTA10 178 102 — — 10CTF10 167 91 — — 145⁄16 10 3⁄16 10CTA7 233 131 — — 10CTF7 217 123 — — 143⁄8 10 1⁄4 10CTA3 306 163 — — 10CTF3 296 158 — — 141⁄2 12 12 GA. 12CTA12 197 113 236 135 12CTF12 164 95 197 114 171⁄4 171⁄2 12 10 12CTA10 234 133 281 160 12CTF10 187 117 224 140 13 2 73⁄4 175⁄16 12 3⁄16 12CTA7 294 164 353 197 12CTF7 272 150 326 180 173⁄8 12 1⁄4 12CTA3 372 203 446 244 12CTF3 357 194 428 233 171⁄2 14 12 GA. 14CTA12 214 121 257 145 14CTF12 183 102 219 122 191⁄4 193⁄8 14 10 14CTA10 258 143 309 172 14CTF10 207 127 248 152 15 2 91⁄4 195⁄16 14 3⁄16 14CTA7 328 180 394 216 14CTF7 304 168 365 202 193⁄8 14 1⁄4 14CTA3 418 224 501 269 14CTF3 403 215 483 258 191⁄2 16 12 GA. 16CTA12 238 133 285 160 16CTF12 206 107 247 128 211⁄4 213⁄8 16 10 16CTA10 288 159 345 191 16CTF10 234 144 281 173 17 2 105⁄8 215⁄16 16 3⁄16 16CTA7 368 200 442 240 16CTF7 345 188 414 226 213⁄8 16 1⁄4 16CTA3 471 243 565 291 16CTF3 455 228 546 273 211⁄2 18 12 GA. 18CTA12 252 159 302 191 18CTF12 240 133 288 160 241⁄4 241⁄2 18 10 18CTA10 353 170 423 204 18CTF10 269 165 323 198 19 21⁄2 121⁄8 245⁄16 18 3⁄16 18CTA7 444 243 533 291 18CTF7 394 217 473 260 243⁄8 18 1⁄4 18CTA3 559 298 671 358 18CTF3 520 275 624 330 241⁄2 20 10 GA. 20CTA10 383 228 460 274 20CTF10 296 190 355 228 265⁄16 261⁄2 20 3⁄16 20CTA7 484 271 581 325 20CTF7 434 247 521 296 21 21⁄2 131⁄2 263⁄8 20 1⁄4 20CTA3 612 334 734 401 20CTF3 573 315 687 378 261⁄2 24 10 GA. 24CTA10 443 255 531 306 24CTF10 384 227 461 272 305⁄16 301⁄2 24 3⁄16 24CTA7 563 319 676 383 24CTF7 514 293 617 352 25 21⁄2 161⁄2 303⁄8 24 1⁄4 24CTA3 717 363 860 435 24CTF3 678 339 813 406 301⁄2

StandardConveyor Trough

Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top flanges or formed top flanges and jig drilled endflanges.

Formed FlangeAngle Flange

Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum, Page H-42 abrasion resistant, etc.

s Double formed flange standard on all sizes through 10 ga.

LGTH.

ConveyorDiameter

D AngleFlanged

TroughThick.

PartNumber

PartNumber

10´*Length

5´Length

12´Length

6´Length

10´Length

5´Length

12´Length

6´Length

Weight Weight

Angle Flanged Trough Formed Flanged Trough s

Weight Weight A B C E F


H-54

4 16 GA. 4CHT16 4CHT16-F 43 4CHT16-A 81 71⁄8 4 14 4CHT14 60 31 4CHT14-F 53 4CHT14-A 89 5 73⁄16 1 4 12 4CHT12 4CHT12-F 74 4CHT12-A 106 71⁄4 6 16 GA. 6CHT16 50 27 6CHT16-F 60 6CHT16-A 110 95⁄8 6 14 6CHT14 62 33 6CHT14-F 75 6CHT14-A 122 911⁄16 6 12 6CHT12 85 44 6CHT12-F 103 6CHT12-A 145 7 93⁄4 11⁄4 6 10 6CHT10 109 56 6CHT10-F 133 6CHT10-A 187 913⁄16 6 3⁄16 6CHT7 145 74 6CHT7-F 168 6CHT7-A 205 97⁄8 9 16 GA. 9CHT16 72 39 9CHT16-F 84 9CHT16-A 131 125⁄8 9 14 9CHT14 89 47 9CHT14-F 104 9CHT14-A 148 1211⁄16 9 12 9CHT12 122 64 9CHT12-F 143 9CHT12-A 181 123⁄4 9 10 9CHT10 155 80 9CHT10-F 182 9CHT10-A 214 10 1213⁄16 11⁄4 9 3⁄16 9CHT7 208 107 9CHT7-F 245 9CHT7-A 267 127⁄8 9 1⁄4 9CHT3 275 140 9CHT3-F 324 9CHT3-A 334 13 10 16 GA. 10CHT16 79 42 10CHT16-F 91 10CHT16-A 138 135⁄8 10 14 10CHT14 97 52 10CHT14-F 112 10CHT14-A 156 1311⁄16 10 12 10CHT12 133 70 10CHT12-F 154 10CHT12-A 192 133⁄4 10 10 10CHT10 169 88 10CHT10-F 196 10CHT10-A 228 11 1313⁄16 11⁄4 10 3⁄16 10CHT7 227 117 10CHT7-F 264 10CHT7-A 286 137⁄8 10 1⁄4 10CHT3 301 154 10CHT3-F 350 10CHT3-A 360 14 12 12 GA. 12CHT12 163 88 12CHT12-F 193 12CHT12-A 235 161⁄4 12 10 12CHT10 208 111 12CHT10-F 247 12CHT10-A 280 165⁄16 12 3⁄16 12CHT7 275 144 12CHT7-F 328 12CHT7-A 347 13 163⁄8 11⁄2 12 1⁄4 12CHT3 362 188 12CHT3-F 432 12CHT3-A 434 161⁄2 14 12 GA. 14CHT12 187 101 14CHT12-F 217 14CHT12-A 259 181⁄4 14 10 14CHT10 236 126 14CHT10-F 275 14CHT10-A 308 185⁄16 14 3⁄16 14CHT7 316 166 14CHT7-F 369 14CHT7-A 388 15 183⁄8 11⁄2 14 1⁄4 14CHT3 416 216 14CHT3-F 486 14CHT3-A 488 181⁄2 16 12 GA. 16CHT12 212 114 16CHT12-F 242 16CHT12-A 310 211⁄4 16 10 16CHT10 268 142 16CHT10-F 307 16CHT10-A 366 215⁄16 16 3⁄16 16CHT7 358 187 16CHT7-F 411 16CHT7-A 456 17 213⁄8 2 16 1⁄4 16CHT3 472 244 16CHT3-F 542 16CHT3-A 570 211⁄2 18 12 GA. 18CHT12 242 133 18CHT12-F 280 18CHT12-A 340 231⁄4 18 10 18CHT10 304 164 18CHT10-F 352 18CHT10-A 402 235⁄16 18 3⁄16 18CHT7 405 214 18CHT7-F 471 18CHT7-A 503 19 233⁄8 2 18 1⁄4 18CHT3 533 278 18CHT3-F 621 18CHT3-A 631 231⁄2 20 10 GA. 20CHT10 335 188 20CHT10-F 381 20CHT10-A 433 255⁄16 20 3⁄16 20CHT7 446 237 20CHT7-F 510 20CHT7-A 544 21 253⁄8 2 20 1⁄4 20CHT3 586 307 20CHT3-F 671 20CHT3-A 684 251⁄2 24 10 GA. 24CHT10 399 215 24CHT10-F 445 24CHT10-A 497 295⁄16 24 3⁄16 24CHT7 531 281 24CHT7-F 594 24CHT7-A 629 25 293⁄8 2 24 1⁄4 24CHT3 699 365 24CHT3-F 784 24CHT3-A 797 291⁄2 Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dustand weather-tight, and may be loaded to a fullcross section. Conveyors with tubular housingsare rigid and are highly suitable for conveyingmaterial on an incline. Three types shown areavailable.

Tubular housing Flanged tubular housing Angle flanged tubular housing

Tubular Housing

Weight

Formed Flange Angle Flange

10´Length

Weight10´

Weight10´5´

Length

PartNumber

PartNumber

PartNumber

ConveyorDiameter

TroughThickness A B C

TubularHousing


H-55

Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materialswhich are not free-flowing or which have a tendency to stickto the trough.

6 14 GA. 6FCT14 9 14 165⁄8 7 31⁄2 10 6 12 6FCT12 12 163⁄4 9 14 GA. 9FCT14 13 213⁄16 9 12 GA. 9FCT12 14 211⁄4 9 10 9FCT10 19 18 211⁄4 9 5 10 9 3⁄16 9FCT7 22 213⁄8 9 1⁄4 9FCT3 25 211⁄2 12 12 GA. 12FCT12 20 261⁄4 10 61⁄2 12 12 10 12FCT10 24 22 26

1⁄4 12 3⁄16 12FCT7 32 263⁄8 12 1⁄4 12FCT3 43 261⁄2 14 12 GA. 14FCT12 23 281⁄4 11 71⁄2 12 14 10 14FCT10 27 24 28

1⁄4 14 3⁄16 14FCT7 37 283⁄8 14 1⁄4 14FCT3 49 281⁄2 16 12 GA. 16FCT12 25 321⁄4 16 10 16FCT10 31 28 32

1⁄4 111⁄2 81⁄2 12 16 3⁄16 16FCT7 39 323⁄8 16 1⁄4 16FCT3 52 321⁄2 18 12 GA. 18FCT12 27 361⁄4 18 10 18FCT10 35 31 36

1⁄4 121⁄8 91⁄2 12 18 3⁄16 18FCT7 45 363⁄8 18 1⁄4 18FCT3 56 361⁄2 20 10 GA. 20FCT10 36 391⁄4 20 3⁄16 20FCT7 48 34 393⁄8 131⁄2 101⁄2 12 20 1⁄4 20FCT3 60 391⁄2 24 10 GA. 24FCT10 41 40 451⁄4 161⁄2 121⁄2 12 24 3⁄16 24FCT7 54 453⁄8 24 1⁄4 24FCT3 69 451⁄2

ConveyorDiameter

TroughThickness

PartNumber

WeightPerFoot

A B C DStandardLengthFoot

Standard Gauge See Page H-42 for Bolt Pattern

FlaredTrough

Length


H-56

Discharges and Gates

Discharge Spout Index

ConveyorDiameter TSD - Plain, Fixed Spout

TSDS - Plain Fixed Spout W/SlideTSDF - Flush End SpoutRPF - Rack & Pinion/Flat Side

Types

RPFD - Rack & Pinion/Flat Slide Dust TightRPC - Rack & Pinion/Curved SlideRPCD - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide Dust Tight

Spout Thickness16 - 16 Gauge14 - 14 Gauge12 - 12 Gauge10 - 10 Gauge7 - 3/16

14 12TSD

STANDARDDISCHARGE SPOUT

STANDARDDISCHARGE

FLUSH ENDDISCHARGE SPOUT

CURVEDSLIDE GATE

Most commonly used.Flanged hole drilling is per CEMA Standards.Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

Standard spout shown above with the addition of theslide and side guides.Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

Reduces distance from centerline of discharge to end of theconveyor which eliminates ledge at end of trough andproduct build-up. Special flush-end trough ends requiredwhen this style of discharge is used.

Rack & pinion type available with hand wheel, ropewheel, pocket wheel and chain. Discharge spout isincluded when fitted.Flat slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished withpneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Not dust-tight).

Contoured shape of slide eliminates pocket found in flatslide type.Rack & pinion type available with handwheel, or ropewheel, or pocket wheel with chain.Curved slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished withpneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators.(Standard curved slide gate is not dust-tight.)All curved slide gates should be installed at factory.

DUST TIGHTRACK ANDPINION FLATSLIDE

Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and canbe furnished with either flat or curved slide. Handwheelis normally furnished but is also available with chain orrope wheel.


H-57

AAF

C

DischargeSpouts

4 5 41⁄2 33⁄4 5⁄16 55⁄8 11 21⁄2 6 7 6 5 5⁄16 65⁄8 14 31⁄2 9 10 8 71⁄8 5⁄16 8 19 5 10 11 9 77⁄8 5⁄16 83⁄8 20 51⁄2 12 13 101⁄2 87⁄8 5⁄16 101⁄8 24 61⁄2 14 15 111⁄2 101⁄8 5⁄16 111⁄4 27 71⁄2 16 17 131⁄2 111⁄8 5⁄16 123⁄8 30 81⁄2 18 19 141⁄2 123⁄8 5⁄16 133⁄8 33 91⁄2 20 21 151⁄2 133⁄8 3⁄8 143⁄8 36 101⁄2 24 25 171⁄2 153⁄8 3⁄8 163⁄8 42 121⁄2

4 16-14 14 4TSD14 4TSDS14 4TSDF14 2 6 1.5 4 12 12 4TSD12 4TSDS12 4TSDF12 3 7 2.25 6 14-12 14 6TSD14 6TSDS14 6TSDF14 4 11 3.0 6 3⁄16 12 6TSD12 6TSDS12 6TSDF12 6 13 4.50 9 16-14-12-10 14 9TSD14 9TSDS14 9TSDF14 8 18 6.0 9 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 9TSD10 9TSDS10 9TSDF10 13 22 9.75 10 14-12-10 14 10TSD14 10TSDS14 10TSDF14 10 21 7.5 10 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 10TSD10 10TSDS10 10TSDF10 16 27 12.0 12 12-10 12 12TSD12 12TSDS12 12TSDF12 17 36 12.75 12 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 12TSD7 12TSDS7 12TSDF7 29 48 21.75 14 12-10 12 14TSD12 14TSDS12 14TSDF12 22 46 16.50 14 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 14TSD7 14TSDS7 14TSDF7 38 62 28.50 16 12-10 12 16TSD12 16TSDS12 16TSDF12 21 49 15.75 16 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 16TSD7 16TSDS7 16TSDF7 40 68 30.0 18 12-10 12 18TSD12 18TSDS12 18TSDF12 32 69 24.0 18 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 18TSD7 18TSDS7 18TSDF7 60 97 45.0 20 10 12 20TSD12 20TSDS12 20TSDF12 40 91 30.0 20 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 20TSD7 20TSDS7 20TSDF7 67 118 50.25 24 10 12 24TSD12 24TSDS12 24TSDF12 52 116 39.0 24 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 24TSD7 24TSDS7 24TSDF7 87 151 65.25

Screw A B C D G H F Diameter

Standard Gauge ¿ Add –F for FittedFor Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

Plain Opening

Fixed Spout

Fixed Spout with Slide Gate

Flush End Spout

Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the final discharge point.The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom flangedrilled with standard discharge flange bolt pattern. Because it is located atthe extreme end of the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past thefinal discharge point. The flush end arrangement eliminates theunnecessary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actualdischarge point.

Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to becontrolled. Bolted flange permits slide to be operated from any side.

Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge.

Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough.Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.

Part Number Weight

Fixed SpoutFixed Spout

Plain Slide

ScrewDiameter

TroughThickness

Gauge

Spoutand GateThickness

Gauge Plain With Slide

FlushEnd

Spout

FlushEnd

Spout


H-58

E

G

A

B

A

H

CDJ

K

DischargeGates

Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted tostandard discharge spouts at any of the four positionsdesired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is alsoavailable with chain or rope wheel.

Rack and Pinion Flat Slide

4 5 21⁄2 33⁄4 7 131⁄2 61⁄2 5 51⁄2 12 6 7 31⁄2 5 81⁄4 16 71⁄2 6 63⁄4 12 9 10 5 71⁄8 103⁄8 201⁄4 9 91⁄2 87⁄8 12 10 11 51⁄2 77⁄8 111⁄8 231⁄2 101⁄2 10 97⁄8 12 12 13 61⁄2 87⁄8 121⁄8 251⁄2 11 121⁄4 107⁄8 12 14 15 71⁄2 101⁄8 133⁄8 311⁄4 121⁄2 131⁄4 12 12 16 17 81⁄2 111⁄8 143⁄8 335⁄8 131⁄2 141⁄4 13 12 18 19 91⁄2 123⁄8 155⁄8 377⁄8 141⁄2 153⁄4 141⁄8 12 20 21 101⁄2 133⁄8 1611⁄16 403⁄4 151⁄2 163⁄4 151⁄8 12 24 25 1 21⁄2 153⁄8 1811⁄16 461⁄2 171⁄2 183⁄4 173⁄8 12

4 16-14 14 4RPF14 18 4 12 12 4RPF12 21 6 16-14-12 14 6RPF14 28 6 3⁄16 12 6RPF12 31 9 14-12-10 14 9RPF14 49 9 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 9RPF10 54 10 14-12-10 14 10RPF14 56 10 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 10RPF10 62 12 12-10 12 12RPF12 94 12 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 12RPF7 106 14 12-10 12 14RPF12 107 14 3⁄16 -1⁄4 3⁄16 14RPF7 123 16 12-10 12 16RPF12 112 16 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 16RPF7 131 18* 12-10 12 18RPF12 157 18* 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 18RPF7 185 20* 10 12 20RPF12 185 20* 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 20RPF7 212 24* 10 12 24RPF12 233 24* 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 24RPF7 268

Screw A B C D E G H J

K Diameter Diameter

ScrewDiameter

TroughThickness

Gauge

Spoutand Gate

Thickness Gauge

Part NumberRack andPinion†

WeightRack and

Pinion

Standard GaugeFor Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

†All Rack & Pinion Gates 18" andLarger Have Double Rack & Pinion.

* Hand Wheels supplied as Standard Assembly— C Chain Wheel— R Rope Wheel


H-59

D

G

AB

EH

F

C

CL

CL

STD. DISCH. SPOUT DRILLING

SEE PAGE H-57

Standard GaugeFor Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

* Hand wheels supplied as Standard Assembly— C Chain Wheel— R Rope Wheel

4 14,16 Cal. 14 Cal. 4RPC14 20 61⁄4 83⁄4 12 33⁄4 6 41⁄2 21⁄2 12 4 12 Cal. 12 GA. 4RPC12 22 61⁄4 83⁄4 12 33⁄4 6 45⁄8 6 16,14,12 GA. 14 GA. 6RPC14 25 71⁄2 101⁄2 15 5 8 51⁄2 31⁄2 12 6 3⁄16" 12 GA. 6RPC12 28 71⁄2 101⁄2 15 5 8 55⁄8 9 14,12,10 GA. 14 GA. 9RPC14 46 9 15 201⁄2 71⁄8 83⁄4 7 5 12 9 3⁄16",1⁄4" 10 GA. 9RPC10 54 9 15 201⁄2 71⁄8 83⁄4 71⁄8 10 14,12,10 GA. 14 GA. 10RPC14 53 91⁄2 141⁄2 21 77⁄8 91⁄8 71⁄2 51⁄2 12 10 3⁄16",1⁄4" 10 GA. 10RPC10 62 91⁄2 141⁄2 21 77⁄8 91⁄8 75⁄8 12 12,10 GA. 12 GA. 12RPC12 81 113⁄8 171⁄2 253⁄4 87⁄8 11 81⁄2 61⁄2 12 12 3⁄16",1⁄4" 3⁄16" 12RPC7 97 113⁄8 171⁄2 253⁄4 87⁄8 11 85⁄8 14 10,12 GA. 12 GA. 14RPC12 95 127⁄8 201⁄2 301⁄4 101⁄8 12 91⁄2 71⁄2 12 14 3⁄16",1⁄4" 3⁄16" 14RPC7 114 127⁄8 201⁄2 301⁄4 101⁄8 12 95⁄8 16 10,12 GA. 12 GA. 16RPC12 103 143⁄8 231⁄2 36 111⁄8 13 101⁄2 81⁄2 12 16 3⁄16",1⁄4" 3⁄16" 16RPC7 116 143⁄8 231⁄2 36 111⁄8 13 105⁄8 18 10,12 GA. 12 GA. 18RPC12 157 157⁄8 251⁄2 371⁄4 123⁄8 153⁄8 111⁄2 91⁄2 12 18 3⁄16",1⁄4" 3⁄16" 18RPC7 187 157⁄8 251⁄2 371⁄4 123⁄8 153⁄8 115⁄8 20 12 GA. 12 GA. 20RPC12 175 173⁄8 281⁄2 39 133⁄8 163⁄8 121⁄2 101⁄2 12 20 3⁄16",1⁄4" 3⁄16" 20RPC7 208 173⁄8 281⁄2 39 133⁄8 163⁄8 125⁄8 24 10 GA. 12 GA. 24RPC12 220 193⁄8 351⁄2 47 153⁄8 183⁄8 141⁄2 121⁄2 12 24 3⁄16",1⁄4" 3⁄16" 24RPC7 265 193⁄8 351⁄2 47 153⁄8 183⁄8 145⁄8

Conveyor Trough Spout Part Weight A B C D E F G H Diameter Thickness Thickness Number* Pounds Diameter

Rack and Pinion Curved Slide

DischargeGates


H-60

4 5 21⁄2 71⁄2 21⁄2 12 6 7 12 71⁄2 6 7 31⁄2 10 4 181⁄2 71⁄2 8 12 9 9 10 5 121⁄2 5 23 9 11 12 10 10 11 51⁄2 13 5 25 10 111⁄2 12 101⁄2 12 13 61⁄2 15 5 28 111⁄2 13 12 101⁄2 14 15 71⁄2 151⁄2 51⁄2 31 121⁄2 14 12 101⁄2 16 17 81⁄2 161⁄2 51⁄2 34 131⁄2 15 12 101⁄2 18 19 91⁄2 181⁄2 61⁄2 381⁄2 15 161⁄2 12 111⁄2 20 21 101⁄2 20 7 401⁄2 16 171⁄2 12 12 24 25 12 1⁄2 23 8 471⁄2 18 191⁄2 12 13

4 16-14 14 4RPFD14 27 4RPCD16 30 4 12 12 4RPFD12 32 4RPCD12 35 6 16-14-12 14 6RPFD14 42 6RPCD16 46 6 3⁄16 12 6RPFD12 47 6RPCD12 52 9 14-12-10 14 9RPFD12 74 9RPCD12 81 9 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 9RPFD10 81 9RPCD10 89 10 14-12-10 14 10RPFD14 84 10RPCD14 92 10 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 10RPFD10 93 104PCD10 102 12 12-10 12 12RPFD12 141 12RPCD12 155 12 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 12RPFD7 158 12RPCD7 174 14 12-10 12 14RPFD12 160 14RPCD12 176 14 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 14RPFD7 185 14RPCD7 204 16 12-10 12 16RPFD12 168 16RPCD12 185 16 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 16RPFD7 197 16RPCD7 217 18 12-10 12 18RPFD12 240 18RPCD12 264 18 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 18RPFD7 277 18RPCD7 305 20 10 12 20RPFD12 278 20RPCD12 306 20 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 20RPFD7 318 20RPCD7 350 24 10 12 24RPFD12 350 24RPCD12 385 24 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 24RPFD7 402 24RPCD7 442

Screw A B C D E G H

K L Diameter Diameter

DischargeGates

D

A

H

G

EB

A

C

G

A

B E

A

L

A

AH

D

K

Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Flat SlideDust tight rack and pinions are totallyenclosed and can be furnished with eitherflat or curved slide. Handwheel isnormally furnished but is also availablewith chain or rope wheel.

Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide

ScrewDiameter

TroughThickness

Gauge

Spoutand Slide

Thickness Gauge Flat Slide * Curved Slide * Weight Weight

Part Number

Flange drilling is standard. See page H-43* Handwheel supplied as standard assembly— C Chain Wheel— R Rope Wheel


H-61

4 4CPH16 8 33⁄4 5 2 6 6CPH16 12 43⁄4 7 3 9 9CPH14 12 63⁄8 10 4 10 10CPH14 12 65⁄8 11 9 12 12CPH12 18 8 13 18 14 14CPH12 18 91⁄2 15 24 16 16CPH12 18 107⁄8 17 26 18 18CPH12 18 123⁄8 19 55 20 20CPH10 18 133⁄4 21 70 24 24CPH10 18 163⁄4 25 85

Conveyor Part A B C

Weight Diameter Numer Each

Discharge GateAccessories

Hand WheelDimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds

12 12HW1 11 2 11⁄8 17⁄8

Chain Wheel 20PW1 11 123⁄4 2 13⁄8 5⁄16 2

Rope Wheel 12RW1 13 125⁄8 21⁄4 15⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄8

The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft whenthe slide gate is readily accessible.NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.

Pocket Wheel & Rope WheelDimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds

Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft whereremote operation is desired. It is designed to be used with number 3⁄16pocket chain.NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request. 316 PC Pocket Chain in Stock

1" Bore1⁄4" Keyway

1" Bore1⁄4" Keyway

Hanger PocketsHanger pockets areused with tubular troughand are mounted on thetrough at bearingconnections. Thehanger pocket forms a“U” shaped section for ashort distance, allowingthe use of standardhangers and providingeasy access to them.

Bolted Top Cover

WheelDiameter

PartNo. Weight C D E

WheelDiameter

PartNo. Weight BA C D E


H-62

Trough Ends

Trough Ends

ConveyorDiameter

TE — Outside W/O FeetTEF — Outside W/FeetTEI — InsideTER — Inside RectangularTEO — Single Bearing PedestalTEOD — Double Bearing PedestalFTEF — Outside Flared W/FeetFTE — Outside Flared W/O FeetFTEO — Single Bearing Flared PedestalFTDO — Flared Discharge EndTDO — Outside Discharge EndTDI — Inside Discharge EndCHTE — Outside Tubular W/O FeetCHTEF — Outside Tubular W/FeetSCD —Dorris Screw Drive

Type

Coupling Diameter2 — 1" 5 — 2-7/16"3 — 1-1/2" 6 — 3"4 — 2" 7 —3-7/16"

Plate OnlyBearing TypeBB - BallRB - Roller

9 3 -BB -PTEF

U-TROUGH TUBULAR FLARED RECTANGULAR TROUGH TROUGH TROUGH

OUTSIDETROUGHENDSWITHFEET

INSIDEPATTERNTROUGHENDS

OUTSIDETROUGHENDS

WITHOUTFEET

DISCHARGETROUGHENDS

OUTBOARDBEARINGTROUGHENDSSINGLE

Most common typeused as trough support

is included.

Trough support notincluded.

Used where space islimited or trough doesnot have end flange.

For end dischargeconveyors. Special

flange bearingrequired.

Used whencompression type

packing gland seal orsplit gland seal

required.

Availableon

application

Availableon

application

Availableon

application


H-63

4 1 4TEF2–* 35⁄8 45⁄8 215⁄16 15⁄8 — 17⁄16 53⁄4 1 15⁄8 1⁄4 81⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 4 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 6 11⁄2 6TEF3–* 41⁄2 55⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 7 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 9 11⁄2 9TEF3–* 61⁄8 77⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 12 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 2 9TEF4–* 61⁄8 77⁄8 415⁄16 21⁄2 313⁄16 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 12 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 10 11⁄2 10TEF3–* 63⁄8 87⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 13⁄4 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 14 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 2 10TEF4–* 63⁄8 87⁄8 415⁄16 21⁄2 313⁄16 13⁄4 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 14 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 12 2 12TEF4–* 73⁄4 95⁄8 5 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 171⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 23 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 27⁄16 12TEF5–* 73⁄4 95⁄8 51⁄2 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 171⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 23 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 3 12TEF6–* 73⁄4 95⁄8 55⁄8 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 171⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 23 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 14 27⁄16 14TEF5–* 91⁄4 107⁄8 51⁄2 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 191⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 38 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 3 14TEF6–* 91⁄4 107⁄8 55⁄8 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 191⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 38 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 16 3 16TEF6–* 105⁄8 12 511⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 45 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 18 3 18TEF6–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 511⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 67 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 37⁄16 18TEF7–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 615⁄16 45⁄16 59⁄16 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 67 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 20 3 20TEF6–* 131⁄2 15 53⁄4 37⁄8 51⁄16 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 120 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 37⁄16 20TEF7–* 131⁄2 15 7 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 120 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 24 37⁄16 24TEF7–* 161⁄2 181⁄8 7 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3⁄8 301⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 162 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

TroughEnds

Conveyor Shaft s PartDiameter Diameter Number

D

Friction Ball Roller Bearing Bearing Bearing

B C E F H J K L M N Weight PSlot

Outside With FeetOutside trough ends with feet are used to supportend bearing, cover and trough. Drilling for bronzeor flanged ball bearing is standard.

Outside Less FeetOutside trough ends less feet are used to supportend bearing and cover when no trough support isrequired. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ballbearing is standard.

s Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals –*BB Ball Bearing –*RB Roller Bearing –*BR Bronze Bearing –*P Less Bearing

4 1 4TE2–* 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 17⁄16 1⁄4 81⁄8 3⁄8 3 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 6 11⁄2 6TE3–* 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 4 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 9 11⁄2 9TE3–* 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 3⁄8 9 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 2 9TE4–* 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 3⁄8 9 10 11⁄2 10TE3–* 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 11 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 2 10TE4–* 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 11 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 12 2 12TE4–* 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 1⁄2 20 27⁄16 12TE5–* 73⁄4 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 1⁄2 20 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 3 12TE6–* 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 1⁄2 20 14 27⁄16 14TE5–* 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 1⁄2 35 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 3 14TE6–* 91⁄4 55⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 1⁄2 35 16 3 16TE6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 42 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 18 3 18TE6–* 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 60 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 37⁄16 18TE7–* 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 21⁄2 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 60 20 3 20TE6–* 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 21⁄2 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 90 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 37⁄16 20TE7–* 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 90 24 37⁄16 24TE7–* 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄8 301⁄4 5⁄8 120 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

Conveyor Shaft s Part Diameter Diameter Number

D


B E K L N Weight PSlot

Bolts N


H-64

TroughEnds


D


A B E K N Weight


D


A B C E K N Weight

Inside RectangularRectangular trough ends are used inside ofrectangular trough. Drilling for bronze bearing orflanged ball bearing is standard.

InsideInside trough ends are used in place of outsidetype where no trough end flanges are required.Drilling for bronze bearings or flanged ball bearingis standard.

s Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSS seals –*BB Ball Bearing –*RB Roller Bearing –*BP Bronze Bearing –*P Less Bearing

4 1 4TER2–* 5 35⁄8 21⁄2 23⁄16 15⁄8 — 2 1⁄4 1⁄4 4 6 11⁄2 6TER3–* 7 41⁄2 31⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 5⁄16 6 9 11⁄2 9TER3–* 10 61⁄8 5 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 9 2 9TER4–* 10 61⁄8 5 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 9 10 11⁄2 10TER3–* 11 63⁄8 51⁄2 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 12 2 10TER4–* 11 63⁄8 51⁄2 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 12 12 2 12TER4–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 21 27⁄16 12TER5–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 21 3 12TER6–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 21 14 27⁄16 14TER5–* 15 91⁄4 71⁄2 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 35 3 14TER6–* 15 91⁄4 71⁄2 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 35 16 3 16TER6–* 17 105⁄8 81⁄2 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 5⁄8 41 18 3 18TER6–* 19 121⁄8 91⁄2 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 60 37⁄16 18TER7–* 19 121⁄8 91⁄2 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 60 20 3 20TER6–* 21 131⁄2 101⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 88 37⁄16 20TER7–* 21 131⁄2 101⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 88 24 37⁄16 24TER7–* 25 161⁄2 121⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 125

Bolts - N

Bolts - N

4 1 4TEI2–* 5 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 — 2 1⁄4 1⁄4 3 6 11⁄2 6TEI3–* 7 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 5⁄16 5 9 11⁄2 9TEI3–* 10 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 9 2 9TEI4–* 10 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 9 10 11⁄2 10TEI3–* 11 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 11 2 10TEI4–* 11 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 11 12 2 12TEI4–* 13 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 19 27⁄16 12TEI5–* 13 73⁄4 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 19 3 12TEI6–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 19 14 27⁄16 14TEI5–* 15 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 34 3 14TEI6–* 15 91⁄4 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 34 16 3 16TEI6–* 17 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 5⁄8 40 18 3 18TEI6–* 19 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 58 37⁄16 18TEI7–* 19 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 58 20 3 20TEI6–* 21 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 83 37⁄16 20TEI7–* 21 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 83 24 37⁄16 24TEI7–* 25 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 116

B

D

E

D

E


H-65

P SLOTL

BOLTS-N

BOLTS-M

F

K

H H

E

R

C

B

BOLTS-M

BOLTS-N

P SLOT

K

J

B

H

D

E

C

F

L

TroughEnds

Single BearingSingle bearing pedestal type trough ends areconstructed with base for mounting pillow blockbearings and shaft seal or packing gland.

Double BearingDouble bearing pedestal type trough ends are foruse with pillow block bearing in conjunction with aflanged bearing providing extra shaft support.

6 11⁄2 6TEO39 11⁄2 9TEO3

2 9TEO410 11⁄2 10TEO3

2 10TEO412 2 12TEO4

27⁄16 12TEO53 12TEO6

14 27⁄16 14TEO53 14TEO6

16 3 16TEO618 3 18TEO6

37⁄16 18TEO720 3 20TEO6

37⁄16 20TEO724 37⁄16 24TEO7

6 11⁄2 6TEOD39 11⁄2 9TEOD3

2 9TEOD410 11⁄2 10TEOD3

2 10TEOD412 2 12TEOD4

27⁄16 12TEOD53 12TEOD6

14 27⁄16 14TEOD53 14TEOD6

16 3 16TEOD618 3 18TEOD6

37⁄16 18TEOD720 3 20TEOD6

37⁄16 20TEOD724 37⁄16 24TEOD7

Conveyor Shaft PartDiameter Diameter Number B C D E F H J K L M N P

Slot Weight

Conveyor Shaft PartDiameter Diameter Number B C E F H K L M N R P

Slot Weight

ConsultFactory

ConsultFactory

H65 - H80 MHC-ELF_H65 - H80 4/23/14 11:20 AM Page H-65

H-66

6 11⁄2 6FTEF3.* 15 6FTE3–* 13 6FTEO3–* 22 6FTDO3–** 119 11⁄2 9FTEF3–* 22 9FTE3–* 19 9FTEO3–* 31 9FTDO3–** 15

2 9FTEF4–* 27 9FTE4–* 24 9FTEO4–* 36 9FTDO4–** 2012 2 12FTEF4–* 43 12FTE4–* 36 12FTEO4–* 63 12FTDO4–** 28

27⁄16 12FTEF5–* 44 12FTE5–* 37 12FTEO5–* 64 12FTDO5–** 293 12FTEF6–* 56 12FTE6–* 49 12FTEO6–* 76 12FTDO6–** 41

14 27⁄16 14FTEF5–* 52 14FTE5–* 43 14FTEO5–* 75 14FTDO5–** 333 14FTEF6–* 64 14FTE6–* 55 14FTEO6–* 87 14FTDO6–** 45

16 3 16FTEF6–* 85 16FTE6–* 72 16FTEO6–* 125 16FTDO6–** 5618 3 18FTEF6–* 98 18FTE6–* 83 18FTEO6–* 138 18FTDO6–** 63

37⁄16 18FTEF7–* 104 18FTE7–* 89 18FTEO7–* 144 18FTDO7–** 6920 3 20FTEF6–* 133 20FTE6–* 103 20FTEO6–* 196 20FTDO6–** 75

37⁄16 20FTEF7–* 139 20FTE7–* 109 20FTEO7–* 202 20FTDO7–** 8124 37⁄16 24FTEF7–* 179 24FTE7–* 132 24FTEO7–* 250 24FTDO7–** 96

TroughEnds

6 11⁄2 165⁄8 7 55⁄8 33⁄16 23⁄16 33⁄4 11⁄2 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

9 11⁄2 211⁄4 9 77⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 33⁄4 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

2 211⁄4 9 77⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 37⁄8 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

12 2 263⁄8 10 95⁄8 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

27⁄16 263⁄8 10 95⁄8 51⁄4 215⁄16 41⁄2 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 263⁄8 10 95⁄8 61⁄4 33⁄4 5 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

14 27⁄16 283⁄8 11 107⁄8 55⁄16 215⁄16 41⁄2 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 283⁄8 11 107⁄8 65⁄16 33⁄4 5 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 5⁄16 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

16 3 321⁄2 111⁄2 12 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5⁄16 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

18 3 361⁄2 121⁄8 133⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 361⁄2 121⁄8 133⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 55⁄8 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

20 3 391⁄2 131⁄2 15 63⁄8 37⁄8 5 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 391⁄2 131⁄2 15 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

24 37⁄16 451⁄2 161⁄2 181⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

ConveyorDiameter

ShaftDiameter A B C E F H J K M N R P

Slot

D

FrictionBearing

BallBearing

RollerBearing

Part NumberConveyorDiameter

ShaftDiameter Outside

With Feet Weight DischargeWeight WeightWeight OutsideLess Feet Outboard Bearing

Outside With Feet Outside Less Feet Outboard Bearing Discharge

Application: same as standard trough ends except for flared trough.

–*BB-P Ball Bearing Plate Only For Bolt Pattern see Page H-41–*RB-P Roller Bearing Plate Only

Cons

ult F

acto

ry

AAA

NNN

MF

MF

C

B

P SLOTD

DC

PSLOT

PSLOT

KK BB K

EE E

HHJJ

R

A

N B

D

K

PSLOT

E


H-67

TroughEnds

4 1 4TDI2–* 5 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 2 1⁄4 35⁄8 3⁄8 2 6 11⁄2 6TDI3–* 7 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 41⁄2 3⁄8 3 9 11⁄2 9TDI3–* 10 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 5

2 9TDI4–* 10 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 5 10 11⁄2 10TDI3–* 11 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 6

2 10TDI4–* 11 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 6 12 2 12TDI4–* 13 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 12

27⁄16 12TDI5–* 13 73⁄4 51⁄4 213⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 12 3 12TDI6–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 12

14 27⁄16 14TDI5–* 15 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 91⁄4 5⁄8 16 3 14TDI6–* 15 91⁄4 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 91⁄4 5⁄8 16

16 3 16TDI6–* 17 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 105⁄8 5⁄8 25 18 3 18TDI6–* 19 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 121⁄8 5⁄8 32

37⁄16 18TDI7–* 19 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 121⁄8 5⁄8 32 20 3 20TDI16–* 21 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 131⁄2 5⁄8 50

37⁄16 20TDI7–* 21 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 131⁄2 5⁄8 50 24 37⁄16 24TDI7–* 25 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 161⁄2 5⁄8 76

4 1 4TDO2.* 35⁄8 29⁄16 15⁄8 17⁄16 1⁄4 8 35⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9 ⁄16 2 6 11⁄2 6TDO3–* 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 1⁄4 93⁄4 41⁄2 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 3 9 11⁄2 9TDO3–* 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 5

2 9TDO4–* 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 5 10 11⁄2 10TDO3–* 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄4 143⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 6

2 10TDO4–* 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄4 143⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 6 12 2 12TDO4–* 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 12

27⁄16 12TDO5–* 73⁄4 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 12 3 12TDO6–* 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 12

14 27⁄16 14TDO5–* 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 91⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 17 3 14TDO6–* 91⁄4 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 91⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16 17

16 3 16TDO6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 5⁄16 211⁄4 105⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 26 18 3 18TDO6–* 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 3⁄8 241⁄4 121⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 33

37⁄16 18TDO7–* 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 21⁄2 3⁄8 241⁄4 121⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 33 20 3 20TDO6–* 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 21⁄2 3⁄8 261⁄4 131⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 55

37⁄16 20TDO7–* 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄8 261⁄4 131⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 55 24 37⁄16 24TDO7–* 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄8 301⁄2 161⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16 81

Conveyor Shaft PartDiameter Diameter Number

D

Friction Ball RollerBearing Bearing Bearing

B E K L M N


D


A B E K M N Weight

WeightPSlot

Inside DischargeInside discharge trough ends are used to supportend bearing and will allow material to discharge oroverflow through the end of the trough. Thistrough end is used inside the trough where notrough end flanges are required. Drilling for threebolt bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard.

Outside DischargeOutside discharge trough ends are used tosupport end bearing and will allow material todischarge or overflow through the end of thetrough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged ballbearing is standard.

–*BB-P Ball Bearing Plate Only–*RB-P Roller Bearing Plate Only

P Orificio

Tornillos-N

P Slot

Bolts N

Bolts N


H-68

TroughEnds

4 1 4CHTEF2–* 4 45⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 53⁄4 1 15⁄8 1⁄4 8 3⁄8 3⁄8 36 11⁄2 6CHTEF3–* 51⁄16 55⁄8 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 59 11⁄2 9CHTEF3–* 65⁄8 77⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 131⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 10

2 9CHTEF4–* 65⁄8 77⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 131⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 1010 11⁄2 10CHTEF3–* 73⁄8 87⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 12

2 10CHTEF4–* 73⁄8 87⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 1212 2 12CHTEF4–* 81⁄8 95⁄8 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 161⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 22

27⁄16 12CHTEF5–* 81⁄8 95⁄8 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 161⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 223 12CHTEF6–* 81⁄8 95⁄8 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 161⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 22

14 27⁄16 14CHTEF5–* 91⁄8 107⁄8 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 181⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 243 14CHTEF6–* 91⁄8 107⁄8 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 181⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 24

16 3 16CHTEF6–* 105⁄8 12 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 4418 3 18CHTEF6–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 56

37⁄16 18CHTEF7–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 5620 3 20CHTEF6–* 131⁄8 15 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 92

37⁄16 20CHTEF7–* 131⁄8 15 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 9224 37⁄16 24CHTEF7–* 151⁄8 181⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3⁄8 301⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 134

4 1 4CHTE2–* 4 23⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 8 3⁄8 26 11⁄2 6CHTE3–* 51⁄16 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 39 11⁄2 9CHTE3–* 65⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 1⁄4 131⁄4 3⁄8 6

2 9CHTE4–* 65⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 1⁄4 131⁄4 3⁄8 610 11⁄2 10CHTE3–* 73⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 7

2 10CHTE4–* 73⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 712 2 12CHTE4–* 81⁄8 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 1⁄4 161⁄4 1⁄2 13

27⁄16 12CHTE5–* 81⁄8 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 1⁄4 161⁄4 1⁄2 133 12CHTE6–* 81⁄8 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 1⁄4 161⁄4 1⁄2 13

14 27⁄16 14CHTE5–* 91⁄8 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 1⁄4 181⁄4 1⁄2 193 14CHTE6–* 91⁄8 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 1⁄4 181⁄4 1⁄2 19

16 3 16CHTE6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 2918 3 18CHTE6–* 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 39

37⁄16 18CHTE7–* 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 3920 3 20CHTE6–* 131⁄8 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 63

37⁄16 20CHTE7–* 131⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 6324 37⁄16 24CHTE7–* 151⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 3⁄8 301⁄4 5⁄8 87


D


B K L N Weight


D


B C F H J K L M N Weight

–*BB-P Ball Bearing Plate Only For Bolt Pattern see Page H-42–*RB-P Roller Bearing Plate Only

Outside with FeetOutside tubular trough ends with feet are used tosupport end bearing where trough support isrequired. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ballbearing is standard.

OutsideOutside tubular trough ends less feet are used tosupport end bearings on tubular trough where nofoot or support is required. Drilling for bronze orflanged ball bearing is standard.

Bolts - N

Bolts - N

Bolts - M


H-69

4 4TF* 51⁄4 53⁄8 33⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄8 .09 4TFG6 6TF* 71⁄4 73⁄8 41⁄4 1⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄8 1.5 6TFG9 9TF* 101⁄4 101⁄2 57⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 3⁄8 2.4 9TFG

10 10TF* 111⁄4 111⁄2 61⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 3⁄8 2.6 10TFG12 12TF* 131⁄4 131⁄2 71⁄2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5.6 12TFG14 14TF* 151⁄4 151⁄2 9 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 6.5 14TFG16 16TF* 171⁄4 171⁄2 103⁄8 1⁄4 2 5⁄8 7.4 16TFG18 18TF* 191⁄4 191⁄2 1113⁄16 1⁄4 21⁄2 5⁄8 10.2 18TFG20 20TF* 211⁄4 211⁄2 133⁄16 1⁄4 21⁄2 5⁄8 11.3 20TFG24 24TF* 251⁄4 251⁄2 161⁄2 1⁄4 21⁄2 5⁄8 15.5 24TFG

4 4TS 4CHTFF 4TFF 1.5 1 1.56 6TS 6CHTFF 6TFF 2.0 2 2.09 9TS 9CHTFF 9TFF 4.5 4.5 4.510 10TS 10CHTFF 10TFF 5.0 4.5 5.012 12TS 12CHTFF 12TFF 6.0 5 6.014 14TS 14CHTFF 14TFF 7.0 7 7.016 16TS 16CHTFF 16TFF 8.0 8 7.518 18TS 18CHTFF 18TFF 10.0 10 9.520 20TS 20CHTFF 20TFF 13.0 11 12.5124 24TS 24CHTFF 24TFF 15.0 12 14.5

4 45⁄8 17⁄16 53⁄4 73⁄8 1 15⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄86 55⁄8 17⁄16 81⁄8 10 11⁄4 2 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄89 77⁄8 13⁄4 93⁄8 12 11⁄2 25⁄8 3⁄16 1⁄2 3⁄810 87⁄8 13⁄4 91⁄2 123⁄8 13⁄4 27⁄8 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄212 95⁄8 13⁄4 121⁄4 15 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄214 107⁄8 2 131⁄2 161⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄216 12 2 147⁄8 18 2 31⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄818 133⁄8 2 16 191⁄8 2 31⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄820 15 21⁄4 191⁄4 223⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄824 181⁄8 21⁄4 20 24 21⁄2 4 1⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8

Flange FootTrough feet are used to support trough at troughconnections.

SaddleTrough saddles are used to support trough whereflange feet cannot be used at connections.

Part Number Weight

Saddle Tubular Flange Foot Saddle Tubular Flange Foot

ConveyorDiameter

ConveyorC E F G H J K M* NDiameter

Trough End Flanges

Size Part No.

A A

Trough Thickness B K L N Weight

Thru 10 Ga. 3⁄16 & 1⁄4

Red RubberGasket

Part No.

*Holes for Bolt M Slotted

Saddles — FeetTrough End Flanges

*–10 used for troughs through 10 ga., –3 used for troughs 3⁄16 and 1⁄4 thick.*** For White Rubber Gasket Add WN

Bolt NBolt M

E1/4"

JH

GF NN

PC SR

45° TYP. K

K

(2) M 0 HOLESSLOTTED TO FRONT


H-70

EndBearings

Ball BearingFlange Unit

Roller BearingFlange Unit

Bronze Sleeve BearingFlange Unit

Ball BearingPillow Block

Roller BearingPillow Block

Mounted on troughend plate.

Mounted on pedestalof outboard bearing

trough end.

FLAN

GE UNITS

PILLOW

BLO

CKS

KEEP THE HOUSING REPLACE THE INSERT.

TROUGH END BEARING HOUSINGSMartin Split Bearing Housings utilize Martin Style 220 Hanger Bearings.

TEBH- Split Bearing Housings will help cut down on a plant’s

repair parts inventory, as well as the cost of the bearing. The

rugged cast iron housing is not subject to wear, only the Style

220 Hanger bearing insert needs to be replaced.

The housings match CEMA standard ball bearing bolt pattern,

so they can be used with most seals.

Split bearing housings are stocked in all Martin stocking

facilities. Call your Martin distributor for more information.


H-71

EndBearings

Ball Bearing Flange Unit

Roller Bearing Flange Unit

Ball Bearing Discharge Unit

Trough End Bearing Housing

Ball Bearing Pillow Block

Roller Bearing Pillow Block

1 TEB2BR 23⁄4 33⁄4 2 17⁄32 3⁄811⁄2 TEB3BR 4 51⁄8 31⁄4 9⁄16 9⁄16

2 TEB4BR 51⁄8 63⁄8 43⁄16 5⁄8 11⁄16

27⁄16 TEB5BR 55⁄8 67⁄8 415⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄16

3 TEB6BR 6 73⁄4 511⁄16 7⁄8 11⁄16

37⁄16 TEB7BR 63⁄4 87⁄16 61⁄4 1 13⁄16

Bore Part Number C D E G N Bore Part Number E G H J K L M N

Bore Part Number E G N R S T U W

Bore Part Number E G N R S T U W X

Bore Part Number E G H J K L M N

Bore Part Number C D E G N Bore Part Number C D E G N

Bore Part Number C D E G N

1 TDB2BB 13⁄8 1⁄2 37⁄8 53⁄8 115⁄16 211⁄16 2 3⁄811⁄2 TDB3BB 2 9⁄16 55⁄8 71⁄4 213⁄16 35⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄22 TDB4BB 21⁄8 5⁄8 71⁄4 8 35⁄8 4 3 5⁄827⁄16 TDB5BB 21⁄2 11⁄16 8 97⁄8 4 415⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄83 TDB6BB 31⁄2 7⁄8 81⁄2 11 41⁄4 51⁄2 4 3⁄437⁄16 TDB7BB 4 1 91⁄2 12 43⁄4 6 41⁄2 3⁄4

11⁄2 TPB3R 33⁄8 11⁄4 1⁄2 61⁄4 77⁄8 23⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄82 TPB4R 31⁄2 13⁄8 5⁄8 7 87⁄8 21⁄2 41⁄2 21⁄427⁄16 TPB5R 4 15⁄8 5⁄8 81⁄2 101⁄2 27⁄8 51⁄2 23⁄43 TPB6R 41⁄2 17⁄8 3⁄4 91⁄2 12 31⁄8 61⁄4 31⁄837⁄16 TPB7R 5 21⁄4 7⁄8 11 14 35⁄8 71⁄2 33⁄4

1 TPB2BB 51⁄64 19⁄32 3⁄8 41⁄8 51⁄2 11⁄16 213⁄16 17⁄16 111⁄64

11⁄2 TPB3BB 111⁄64 7⁄8 1⁄2 51⁄2 71⁄4 17⁄8 41⁄8 21⁄8 121⁄64

2 TPB4BB 117⁄64 1 5⁄8 63⁄8 81⁄4 21⁄8 417⁄64 21⁄4 113⁄16

2 7⁄16 TPB5BB 115⁄16 11⁄16 5⁄8 73⁄8 95⁄8 23⁄8 515⁄32 23⁄4 157⁄64

3 TPB6BB 11⁄2 11⁄4 7⁄8 9 113⁄4 3 631⁄32 313⁄16 23⁄83 7⁄16 TPB7BB 19⁄16 111⁄32 7⁄8 11 14 33⁄8 77⁄8 4 223⁄64

1 TDB2BR 2 1⁄2 37⁄8 53⁄8 115⁄16 211⁄16 1 3⁄811⁄2 TDB3BR 31⁄4 9⁄16 55⁄8 71⁄4 213⁄16 35⁄8 11⁄4 1⁄22 TDB4BR 43⁄16 5⁄8 71⁄4 8 35⁄8 4 15⁄8 5⁄827⁄16 TDB5BR 415⁄16 11⁄16 8 97⁄8 4 415⁄16 17⁄8 5⁄83 TDB6BR 511⁄16 7⁄8 81⁄2 11 41⁄4 51⁄2 21⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TDB7BR 61⁄4 1 91⁄2 12 43⁄4 6 21⁄2 3⁄4

1 TEB2BB 23⁄4 33⁄4 13⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄811⁄2 TEB3BB 4 51⁄8 2 9⁄16 1⁄22 TEB4BB 51⁄8 61⁄2 23⁄8 11⁄16 5⁄827⁄16 TEB5BB 55⁄8 7 21⁄2 11⁄16 5⁄83 TEB6BB 6 73⁄4 31⁄2 7⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEB7BB 63⁄4 87⁄16 4 1 3⁄4

11⁄2 TEBH3 4 51⁄4 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄22 TEBH4 51⁄8 63⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄2 5⁄8

27⁄16 TEBH5 55⁄8 67⁄8 39⁄16 9⁄16 5⁄83 TEBH6 6 73⁄4 35⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEBH7 7 91⁄4 43⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄4

11⁄2 TEB3R 41⁄8 53⁄8 31⁄2 13⁄16 1⁄22 TEB4R 43⁄8 55⁄8 35⁄8 13⁄16 1⁄227⁄16 TEB5R 53⁄8 67⁄8 43⁄16 11⁄2 5⁄83 TEB6R 6 73⁄4 411⁄16 15⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEB7R 7 91⁄4 51⁄4 17⁄8 3⁄4

N

RS

W

T

G

E

U

Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings, See Page H-92.

N

HJ

K L

G

M

E

Bolts N

N

C

C

D

D

GE

Bolts N

BOLTS N

R

S

GW

T

U

EX

CD

C D

GE

C

C

D

ND

EG

C

C

D

D EG

N

N

HJ

K L

GE

M

Bolts N

Bolts N

Bolts N

Bolts N

Bronze Discharge Unit

Bronze Flange Unit

Bolts N


H-72

Thrust Bearings

TYPE ETHRUST BEARINGS

Most common and economical thrust unitwhen a screw conveyor type drive is notbeing used.

TYPE HTHRUST BEARINGS

For heavy duty thrust requirements.

BRONZEWASHER Light duty applications only.

Used inside the trough and when screwused in compression.


H-73

ThrustBearings

11⁄2 CT3D CT3E 53⁄8 43⁄4 3⁄4 41⁄8 4 111⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄4 4 22 20 2 CT4D CT4E 55⁄8 5 3⁄4 43⁄8 41⁄8 111⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄4 41⁄2 32 29 27⁄16 CT5D CT5E 67⁄8 51⁄2 3⁄4 53⁄8 411⁄16 2 5⁄8 113⁄16 5 50 44 3 CT6D CT6E 73⁄4 61⁄2 3⁄4 6 53⁄16 21⁄8 3⁄4 17⁄8 6 73 60 37⁄16 CT7D CT7E 91⁄4 71⁄2 3⁄4 7 6 25⁄8 3⁄4 23⁄8 7 111 88

11⁄2 CTH3D 60 CTH3E 52 41⁄2 1⁄4 63⁄4 11⁄8 47⁄8 1 3 7⁄8 1⁄8 71⁄4 53⁄4 13⁄16 3⁄8 × 41⁄4 3⁄4 21⁄2 43⁄42 CTH4D 65 CTH4E 56 41⁄2 1⁄4 63⁄4 11⁄8 47⁄8 1 3 7⁄8 1⁄8 71⁄4 53⁄4 13⁄16 1⁄2 × 41⁄4 3⁄4 21⁄2 43⁄427⁄16 CTH5D 80 CTH5E 66 59⁄16 5⁄16 61⁄4 11⁄4 57⁄16 11⁄2 3 15⁄16 9⁄16 8 61⁄4 11⁄2 5⁄8 × 51⁄4 3⁄4 3 51⁄23 CTH6D 145 CTH6E 119 61⁄8 1⁄4 81⁄4 11⁄2 53⁄8 13⁄8 3 1 3⁄8 10 8 13⁄4 3⁄4 × 53⁄4 1 31⁄2 6 37⁄16 CTH7D 170 CTH7E 140 71⁄8 3⁄8 81⁄4 11⁄2 75⁄8 23⁄8 4 11⁄4 7⁄8 10 8 13⁄4 7⁄8 × 63⁄4 1 31⁄2 6

A Part Number D Weight

DriveShaft

EndShaft

DriveShaft

EndShaft

DriveShaft

EndShaft

ShaftDiameter

B E G H N T V

ShaftDia.

A BO

C D E F G H J K L M P R S

With DriveShaft

With TailShaft

Part No. Weight Weight

DriveShaft

EndShaftPart No.

Keyway

11⁄2 CTCW3 2.4 CTW3 1 11⁄4 11⁄42 CTCW4 2.8 CTW4 1.25 17⁄16 13⁄427⁄16 CTCW5 3.9 CTW5 1.5 11⁄2 21⁄83 CTCW6 4.6 CTW6 2 11⁄2 23⁄437⁄16 CTCW7 6.1 CTW7 3 15⁄8 31⁄4

B CA

SizeShaft

Washers & CollarStyle A

Washer SetStyle B

Part No. Weight WeightPart No.

Other shaft sizes available are 315⁄16", 47⁄16" & 415⁄16". Please consult factory.

Thrust Washers

Heavy Duty RB End Thrust Bearings

Type E Thrust AssemblyType E roller thrust bearings are designedto carry thrust in both directions and carryradial load under normal conditions. Thisdouble roller bearing is furnished with a liptype seal plate and either drive or tail shaftwhichever is applicable to conveyordesign.

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds

Thrust washers are designed for use wherelight thrust loads prevail. Style A or B mountingmay be used depending on direction of thrust.This unit consists of two steel washersseparated by one bronze washer, and Style Bis not recommended for use in conveyorshandling abrasive materials.

Bolts N

THRUST

THRUST

STYLE - A

THRUST

STYLE - B

PØ x R. Lg. Bolts(4) Req’d

O Keyway THRUST

H


H-74

Lantern Ring

Shaft Seals

WASTEPACKSEAL

Waste pack seals can be furnished with waste packing or incombination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installedbetween the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately onpedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top forrepacking without removing seal from trough end. Can be usedwith flanged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.

PRODUCTDROP OUTSEAL

This flange type dust seal is designed for insertion between troughend and flanged ball bearing. The cast iron housing is open on allfour sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricantfrom bearing.

PLATESEAL

Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. It isnormally furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normallyinstalled between the trough end and bearing, but may be usedseparately on pedestal type trough ends. Can be used with flangedball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.

SPLITGLANDSEAL

Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacementand adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal ofthe conveyor. These seals can be installed inside or outside the endplates.

COMPRESSIONTYPE PACKINGGLAND SEAL

Flanged packing gland seals consist of an external housing andan internal gland which is forced into the housing to compressthe packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may beused where minor pressure requirements are desired.

AIRPURGEDSEAL

Air purge shaft seals are arranged for attaching to standard orspecial trough ends. A constant air pressure is maintained toprevent material from escaping from the trough along the shaft. Theair purge seal is desirable for sealing highly abrasive materials. Maybe purged with grease or water.

MartinSUPERPACK SEAL

Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste packhousing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super PackSeal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difficult sealingapplications.


H-75

Shaft Seals

11⁄2 PGC3 51⁄4 4 1⁄2 14 2 PGC4 71⁄8 51⁄8 5⁄8 18 27⁄16 PGC5 75⁄8 55⁄8 5⁄8 21 3 PGC6 81⁄2 6 3⁄4 27 37⁄16 PGC7 91⁄4 63⁄4 3⁄4 30

11⁄2 CSS3 43⁄4 23⁄16 17⁄16 21⁄2 57⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 5 2 CSS4 61⁄4 25⁄8 11⁄2 21⁄2 61⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄2 10

27⁄16 CSS5 67⁄8 31⁄16 15⁄8 31⁄4 75⁄8 1 5⁄8 15 3 CSS6 71⁄2 39⁄16 15⁄8 31⁄4 85⁄8 1 5⁄8 22

37⁄16 CSS7 83⁄4 41⁄8 21⁄8 33⁄4 101⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄4 30

1 CSFP2 1.75 21⁄8 23⁄4 11⁄16 3⁄811⁄2 CSFP3 3.4 257⁄64 4 7⁄8 1⁄22 CSFP4 5.3 33⁄16 51⁄8 7⁄8 5⁄8

27⁄16 CSFP5 5.8 39⁄16 55⁄8 7⁄8 5⁄83 CSFP6 7.2 43⁄8 6 7⁄8 3⁄4

37⁄16 CSFP7 10.3 431⁄32 63⁄4 1 3⁄4

Compression Type Packing Gland Seal

Split Gland Seal

Flanged Product Drop-Out Seal

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber

B E H

BoltsWeight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C D E F G H N Weight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber Weight B

1C E D

Flanged gland seals consist of an externalhousing and an internal gland which is forcedinto the housing to compress the packing. Thisis the most positive type shaft seal and may beused where pressure requirements are de -sired.

Split gland compression type seals provide foreasy replacement and adjustment of packingpressure on the shaft without removal of theconveyor. These seals are normally installedinside the end plates.

This flange type dust seal is designed forinsertion between trough end and flangedbearing. The cast iron housing is open on allfour sides for exit of material that might workpast seal or lubricant from bearing.

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds

*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.

PACKING

Bolts N

D = SIZEOF BOLT

OPEN

BALL


H-76

A

L

A

L

Shaft Seals

Waste Pack Seal

Plate Seal

11⁄2 CSW3 53⁄8 13⁄4 4 41⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 62 CSW4 61⁄2 13⁄4 51⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 827⁄16 CSW5 73⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄8 53⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 103 CSW6 73⁄4 13⁄4 6 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 1337⁄16 CSW7 91⁄4 21⁄4 63⁄4 7 3⁄4 3⁄4 16

AShaft

PartNumber B L Weight

E H Bolts

(–B) (–R) (–B) (–R)

AShaft Diameter

PartNumber B C Weight

E H Bolts

(–B) (–R) (–B) (–R)

Waste pack seals are furnished with wastepacking in combination with lip seal. Thistype seal is normally installed between thetrough end and bearing, but may be usedseparately on pedestal type trough ends.An opening is provided at top for repackingwithout removing seal from trough end.

11⁄2 CSP3 53⁄8 1⁄2 4 41⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 22 CSP4 61⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 327⁄16 CSP5 73⁄8 1⁄2 55⁄8 53⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 43 CSP6 73⁄4 1⁄2 6 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 537⁄16 CSP7 91⁄4 3⁄4 63⁄4 7 3⁄4 3⁄4 8

Plate seals are the most common andeconomical seal. They are furnished with a lipseal. This type seal is normally installedbetween the trough end and bearing, but maybe used separately on pedestal type troughends. Slotted mounting holes allow use withboth ball and roller flanged bearings.

With Lip Seal

Super Pack Seal

11⁄2 MSP3 53⁄8 13⁄4 4 41⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 62 MSP4 61⁄2 13⁄4 51⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 827⁄16 MSP5 73⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄8 53⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 103 MSP6 73⁄4 13⁄4 6 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 1337⁄16 MSP7 91⁄4 21⁄4 63⁄4 7 3⁄4 3⁄4 16

AShaft

PartNumber B L Weight

E H Bolts

(–B) (–R) (–B) (–R)Martin Super Pack Seal combines theheavy duty waste pack housing with thesuperior sealing characteristics of a SuperPack Seal. Seal may also be air or greasepurged for difficult sealing applications.

With Super Pack Seal

C

A


H-77

Conveyor Screws

Flight pitch is reduced to 2/3diameter. Recommended forinclined or verticalapplications. Used in screwfeeders. Shorter pitchreduces flushing of materialswhich fluidize.

STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHTConveyor screws with pitchequal to screw diameter areconsidered standard. Theyare suitable for a wholerange of materials in mostconventional applications.

TAPERED, STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHTScrew flights increase from2/3 to full diameter. Used inscrew feeders to provideuniform withdrawal oflumpy materials. Generallyequivalent to and moreeconomical than variablepitch.

SHORT PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT SINGLE CUT-FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCHScrews are notched atregular intervals at outeredge. Affords mixing actionand agitation of material intransit. Useful for movingmaterials which tend topack.

HALF PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Similar to short pitchexcept pitch is reduced to1/2 standard pitch. Usefulfor inclined applications,for screw feeders and forhandling extremely fluidmaterials.

Folded flight segments liftand spill the material.Partially retarded flowprovides thorough mixingaction. Excellent forheating, cooling or aeratinglight substances.

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREWAn end disc is the same diameter as thescrew and is welded flush with the end ofthe pipe shaft at its discharge end and, ofcourse, rotates with the screw. The enddisc helps to keep discharging materialaway from the trough end seal.

Price on Application

SINGLE FLIGHT RIBBONExcellent for conveyingsticky or viscousmaterials. Open spacebetween flighting and pipeeliminate collection andbuild-up of material.

VARIABLE PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHTFlights have increasingpitch and are used in screwfeeders to provide uniformwithdrawal of fine, freeflowing materials over thefull length of the inletopening. Price on Application

STANDARD PITCH WITH PADDLESAdjustable paddlespositioned between screwflights opposed flow toprovide gentle butthorough mixing action.

DOUBLE FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCHDouble flight, standardpitch screws providesmooth regular materialflow and uniformmovement of certain typesor materials.

PADDLE

Adjustable paddles providecomplete mixing action,and controlled materialflow.



D

CUT & FOLDED FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH


H-78

4 4H206 4X 1 13⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32

6 6H304 6 Standard 11⁄2 2 1⁄8 1⁄16

6H308 6 X 11⁄2 2 1⁄4 1⁄8 6S309 11⁄2 2 10 ga.6H312 6 XX 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄16 6S312 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 in.

9 9H306 9 Standard 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 3⁄32 9S307 11⁄2 2 12 ga.9H406 9 Special 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄32 9S407 2 21⁄2 12 ga.9H312 9 X 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄16 9S312 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 in.9H412 9 XX 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 9S412 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 in.9H414 — 2 21⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 9S416 2 21⁄2 1⁄4 in.

10 10H306 10 Standard 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 3⁄32 10S309 11⁄2 2 10 ga.10H412 10 XX 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 10S412 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 in.

12 12H408 12 Standard 2 21⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 12S409 2 21⁄2 10 ga.12H508 12 Special 27⁄16 3 1⁄4 1⁄8 12S509 27⁄16 3 10 ga.12H412 12 X 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 12S412 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 in.12H512 12 XX 27⁄16 3 3⁄8 3⁄16 12S512 27⁄16 3 3⁄16 in.12H614 — 3 31⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 12S616 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 in.

14 14H508 14 Standard 27⁄16 3 1⁄4 1⁄8 14S509 27⁄16 3 10 ga.14H614 14 XX 3 31⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 14S616 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 in.

16 16H610 16 Standard 3 31⁄2 5⁄16 5⁄32 16S609 3 31⁄2 10 ga.16H614 — 3 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 16S616 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 in.

� Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412.12 = screw diameter in inchesH = helicoid flightS = sectional flight4 = 2 times 2" coupling diameter

12 = thickness of flight at periphery in increments of 1⁄64"

Helicoid Flight Sectional Flight

Helicoid flights are formed in a special rolling machine byforming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of thedesired diameter, pitch and thickness to fit conveyor screwpipes. The helicoid flight is tapered in cross section, with thethickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thicknessof the outer edge.

Sectional flights are individual flights or turns blankedfrom steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of thedesired diameter and pitch to fit conveyor screw pipes. Theflights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyorscrew. Modifications can be furnished, such as, fabricationfrom various metals, different flight thicknesses, otherdiameters and pitches. The buttweld flight is the samethickness in the full cross section.

Key to Conveyor Size DesignationThe letter “H” indicates screw conveyor with helicoid flighting. The figures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outsidediameter of the conveyor in inches. The first figure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. The last twofigures indicate the nominal thickness of flighting at the outer edge in 1⁄64". Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12" diameter helicoidconveyor for 2" couplings with flighting 8⁄64" or 1⁄8" thickness at outer edge. Hand of conveyor is indicated by “R” or “L” following thedesignation.

Comparison Table • helicoid flight and sectional flight conveyor screws Helicoid Flight Sectional Flight

ConveyorScrewSize

Designation�

CouplingDiameter,Inches

NominalInside

Diameterof Pipe,Inches

Thicknessof Flight

ConveyorScrewSize

Designation�

FormerDesignation

CouplingDiameter,Inches

NominalInside

Diameterof Pipe,Inches

Thickness ofFlight, Inches

ScrewDiameter,Inches

InnerEdge

OuterEdge

ConveyorScrews


H-79

Conveyor Screws(Helicoid)

Helicoid Conveyor Screw Flighting

4 1 4H206–* 4HF206–* 13⁄8 15⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 11⁄2 9-101⁄2 40 4 16 1.3 6 11⁄2 6H304–* 6HF304–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄16 2 9-10 52 5 14 1.4

11⁄2 6H308–* 6HF308–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 9-10 62 6 28 2.8 11⁄2 6H312–* 6HF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 72 7 42 4.3

9 11⁄2 9H306–* 9HF306–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 9-10 70 7 31 3.2 11⁄2 9H312–* 9HF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 101 10 65 6.1 2 9H406–* 9HF406–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 9-10 91 9 30 3.0 2 9H412–* 9HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 121 12 60 6.6 2 9H414–* 9HF414–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 7⁄16 7⁄32 2 9-10 131 13 70 6.3

10 11⁄2 10H306–* 10HF306–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 9-10 81 8 48 4.9 2 10H412–* 10HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 130 13 76 7.7

12 2 12H408–* 12HF408–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 11-10 140 12 67 5.7 2 12H412–* 12HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 11-10 180 15 102 8.6 27⁄16 12H508–* 12HF508–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 11-9 168 14 64 5.4 27⁄16 12H512–* 12HF512–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 3 11-9 198 17 96 8.2 3 12H614–* 12HF614–* 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 11-9 220 18 112 9.3

14 27⁄16 14H508–* 14HF508–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 11-9 170 14 84 7.1 3 14H614–* 14HF614–* 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 11-9 254 22 132 11.2

16 3 16H610–* 16HF610–* 31⁄2 4 5⁄16 5⁄32 3 11-9 228 19 120 10.0 � 3 16H614–* 16HF614–* 4 41⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 11-9 285 24 154 11.7

18 � 3 18H610–* 18HF610–* 31⁄2 4 5⁄16 5⁄32 3 11-9 282 24 167 13.9 –* R For Right Hand–* L For Left Hand� Offered only in full pitch helicoid flighting.

Length Length

A

ScrewDiameter

CouplingDiameter

CouplingBearingLength

StandardLength

Feet-Inches

SizePart No.ConveyorMounted

SizePart No.FlightingOnly

B DPipe Size

FlightThickness

H Average Weight

Complete Screw Flighting Only

F

Inside Outside

NominalInside Outside

G StandardLength

PerFoot

StandardLength

PerFoot


H-80

6 11⁄2 6S312–* 6SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 75 7.5 1.7 2.011⁄2 6S316–* 6SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 90 8.0 2.2 2.0

9 11⁄2 9S312–* 9SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 95 9.5 4.3 1.3311⁄2 9S316–* 9SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 130 13.0 5.5 1.3311⁄2 9S324–* 9SF324–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 160 16.0 7.9 1.332 9S412–* 9SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 115 11.5 4.3 1.332 9S416–* 9SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 130 13.0 5.5 1.332 9S424–* 9SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 160 16.0 7.9 1.33

10 11⁄2 10S312–* 10SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 120 12.0 5.0 1.211⁄2 10S316–* 10SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 135 13.5 6.7 1.211⁄2 10S324–* 10SF324–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 165 16.5 8.7 1.22 10S412–* 10SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 120 12.0 5.0 1.22 10S416–* 10SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 135 13.5 6.7 1.22 10S424–* 10SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 165 16.5 8.7 1.2

12 2 12S412–* 12SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 11-10 156 13.0 7.2 1.02 12S416–* 12SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 11-10 204 17.0 9.7 1.02 12S424–* 12SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 2 11-10 268 22.3 12.7 1.027⁄16 12S509–* 12SF509–* 3 31⁄2 10 Ga. 3 11-9 160 14.0 5.7 1.027⁄16 12S512–* 12SF512–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄16 3 11-9 178 14.8 7.2 1.027⁄16 12S516–* 12SF516–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 3 11-9 210 17.5 9.7 1.027⁄16 12S524–* 12SF524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 3 11-9 274 22.5 12.7 1.03 12S612–* 12SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 198 16.5 7.2 1.03 12S616–* 12SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 216 18.0 9.7 1.03 12S624–* 12SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 280 24.0 12.7 1.0

A

ScrewDiameter

---CouplingDiameter


StandardLength

Feet-Inches

SizePart No.MountedConveyor


B Pipe Size

FlightThickness

HF Average Weight

DNominalInside Outside

StandardLength

PerFoot

FlightEach

Approx.FlightsPer Foot

Conveyor Screws(Sectional)

Sectional Conveyor Screw Flight

–* R For Right Hand–* L For Left Hand

Length


H-81

Conveyor Screws(Sectional)

14 27⁄16 14S512–* 14SF512–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄16 3 11-9 214 18.0 9.9 .8627⁄16 14S516–* 14SF516–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 3 11-9 240 20.0 13.2 .8627⁄16 14S524–* 14SF524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 3 11-9 330 27.5 19.8 .863 14S612–* 14SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 222 19.0 9.9 .863 14S616–* 14SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 246 21.0 13.2 .863 14S624–* 14SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 342 29.0 19.8 .86

16 3 16S612–* 16SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 234 20.0 14.0 .753 16S616–* 16SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 282 24.0 18.0 .753 16S624–* 16SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 365 31.0 25.5 .753 16S632–* 16SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 11-9 402 33.5 36.0 .75

18 3 18S612–* 18SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 246 21.0 18.0 .673 18S616–* 18SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 294 25.0 24.0 .673 18S624–* 18SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 425 36.0 34.5 .673 18S632–* 18SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 11-9 530 44.0 46.0 .67

37⁄16 18S712–* 18SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 11-8 293 24.4 18.0 .6737⁄16 18S716–* 18SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄4 4 11-8 345 28.8 24.0 .6737⁄16 18S724–* 18SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 11-8 470 39.2 34.5 .6737⁄16 18S732–* 18SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄2 4 11-8 570 47.5 46.0 .67

20 3 20S612–* 20SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 300 26.0 20.0 .603 20S616–* 20SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 360 31.0 28.0 .603 20S624–* 20SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 410 33.4 40.0 .603 20S632–* 20SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 11-9 506 42.2 56.0 .60

37⁄16 20S712–* 20SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 11-8 310 27.0 20.0 .6037⁄16 20S716–* 20SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄4 4 11-8 370 32.0 28.0 .6037⁄16 20S724–* 20SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 11-8 475 40.0 40.0 .6037⁄16 20S732–* 20SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄2 4 11-8 525 45.0 56.0 .60

24 37⁄16 24S712–* 24SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 11-8 440 37.0 32.0 .5037⁄16 24S716–* 24SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄4 4 11-8 510 43.0 42.0 .5037⁄16 24S724–* 24SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 11-8 595 50.0 63.0 .5037⁄16 24S732–* 24SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄2 4 11-8 690 60.0 84.0 .50


Sectional Conveyor Screw Flight

Length

A

ScrewDiameter

CouplingDiameter


StandardLength

Feet-Inches



B Pipe Size

FlightThickness

HF Average Weight

D

Inside Outside

StandardLength

PerFoot

FlightEach

Approx.FlightsPer Foot

H81 - H96 MHC - ELF_H81 - H96 4/23/14 10:50 AM Page H-81

H-82

Conveyor Screws(Ribbon)

6 11⁄2 6R312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 1 2 9-10 65 6.5 9 11⁄2 9R316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄2 2 9-10 100 10

10 11⁄2 10R316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄2 2 9-10 110 11 12 2 12R416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 2 11-10 180 15

2 12R424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 21⁄2 2 11-10 216 19 27⁄16 12R524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 240 21

14 27⁄16 14R516–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 21⁄2 3 11-9 228 19 27⁄16 14R524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 264 22 3 14R624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 288 25

16 3 16R616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 21⁄2 3 11-9 276 24 3 16R624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 324 28

18 3 18R624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 3 11-9 384 33 20 37⁄16 20R724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 3 4 11-8 408 35 24 37⁄16 24R724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 3 4 11-8 424 36

Ribbon Conveyor Screw

Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist ofsectional flights, buttwelded together to form acontinuous helix. Flights are secured to the pipeby supporting legs. Both ends of the pipe areprepared with internal collars and drilling toaccept couplings, drive shafts, and end shafts.They are used to convey sticky, gummy, orviscous substances, or where the material tendsto adhere to flighting and pipe.


Length

Post Integral (Int)Leg

A

ScrewDiameter

CouplingDiameter

HCouplingBearingLength

StandardLength

Feet-Inches


BPipe Size

FThickness

GWidth

Flight Size Weight

Complete Screw

Inside OutsidePerFoot

StandardLength


H-83

ConveyorScrews

6 6HQ304–* 11⁄2 9-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄16 2 52 56HQ308–* 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 62 66HQ312–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 72 7

9 9HQ306–* 11⁄2 9-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 70 7 9HQ312–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 101 109HQ406–* 2 9-10 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 91 99HQ412–* 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 121 129HQ414–* 7⁄16 7⁄32 2 131 13

10 10HQ306–* 11⁄2 9-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 81 810HQ412–* 2 9-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 130 13

12 12HQ408–* 2 11-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 140 1212HQ412–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 180 1512HQ508–* 27⁄16 11-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 168 1412HQ512–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 3 198 1712HQ614–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 220 18

14 14HQ508–* 27⁄16 11-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 170 1414HQ614–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 254 22

16 16HQ610–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 5⁄16 5⁄32 3 228 1916HQ614–* 3 11-9 6QDC4 4 41⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 285 23.8

A

NominalConveyorDiameter

CouplingDiameter

CapPart

Number


FlightThicknessFt.-In.Size

Part No.MountedConveyor

B C D HStandard-LengthFeet-Inches

End to Endof Pipe

Pipe Size

Inside Outside FInside

GOutside

AverageWeight

PerFoot

StandardLength

Note: Q.D. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end.–* R For Right Hand–* L For Left Hand

Quick Detachable (QD) Helicoid ConveyorQ.D. — Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly. Each section ofscrew has a Q.D. cap at one end of the pipe. By removing this cap, a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removedand returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnishedboth in helicoid and buttweld construction.

R.H. Shown


H-84

ConveyorScrews

6 6SQ307–* 11⁄2 9-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 12 2 62 6.2 6SQ309–* 10 65 6.5 6SQ312–* 3⁄16 2 75 7.5 6SQ316–* 1⁄4 90 8.0

9 9SQ307–* 11⁄2 9-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 12 73 7.3 9SQ309–* 10 80 8.0 9SQ312–* 3⁄16 2 95 9.5 9SQ316–* 1⁄4 120 13 9SQ407–* 2 9-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 12 90 9 9SQ409–* 10 100 10 9SQ412–* 3⁄16 2 115 11.5 9SQ416–* 1⁄4 130 13.0 9SQ424–* 3⁄8 160 16 10SQ309–* 11⁄2 9-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 10 2 85 8.5

10 10SQ412–* 2 9-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 120 12.0 10SQ416–* 1⁄4 135 13.5

12 12SQ409–* 2 11-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 10 2 140 12.0 12SQ412–* 3⁄16 156 13.0 12SQ416–* 1⁄4 204 17 12SQ509–* 27⁄16 11-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 10 3 160 14 12SQ512–* 3⁄16 178 15 12SQ612–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 191 16.5 12SQ616–* 1⁄4 3 216 18.0 12SQ624–* 3⁄8 280 24

14 14SQ509–* 27⁄16 11-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 10 3 185 16 14SQ512–* 3⁄16 214 18 14SQ612–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 222 19 14SQ616–* 1⁄4 246 21 14SQ624–* 3⁄8 342 29

16 16SQ609–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 10 3 210 18 16SQ612–* 3⁄16 234 20 16SQ616–* 1⁄4 282 24 16SQ624–* 3⁄8 365 31

18 18SQ612–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 246 21 18SQ616–* 1⁄4 294 25 18SQ624–* 3⁄8 425 36

20 20SQ612–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 300 26 20SQ616–* 1⁄4 360 31 20SQ724–* 37⁄16 11-8 7QDC4 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 475 40

24 24SQ712–* 37⁄16 11-8 7QDC4 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 410 37 24SQ716–* 1⁄4 510 43 24SQ724–* 3⁄8 595 50

Quick Detachable (QD) Sectional Spiral Conveyors

R.H. Shown

C F


A

NominalConveyorDiameter

CouplingDiameter

CapPart

Number


FlightThickness


B C D HFStandard LengthFeet-Inches

End to Endof Pipe

Pipe Size

Inside Outside

Average Weight

PerFoot

StandardLength


H-85

Conveyor Screw(Components)

1 15⁄8 3⁄8 × 21⁄16 CCB2 .13

11⁄2 23⁄8 1⁄2 × 3 CCB3 .2

2 27⁄8 5⁄8 × 35⁄8 CCB4 .45

27⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄8 × 43⁄8 CCB5 .5

3 4 3⁄4 × 5 CCB6 .85

3 41⁄2 3⁄4 × 51⁄2 CCB6A .9

37⁄16 41⁄2 7⁄8 × 51⁄2 CCB7 1.29

1 11⁄4 CIC2 .58

11⁄2 2 CIC3 2.06

2 21⁄2 CIC4 2.16

27⁄16 3 CIC5 3.72

3 31⁄2 CIC6 4.03

3 4 CIC6A 8.03

37⁄16 4 CIC7 6.52

ConveyorDiameter Intake End

StandardDischarge End

Standard

WeightEachLbs.

6 6CELI–* 6CELD–* .06

9 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .15

10 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .15

12 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .2

14 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .2

16 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

18 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

20 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

24 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

Part Number

Conveyor coupling bolts are manufacturedfrom special analysis high-torque steel. Closetolerance for a minimum of wear. Lock nuts arefurnished with each bolt.

Internal collars are made from seamless tubingmachined for a press fit in the conveyor pipe.When installed at the factory collars are jigdrilled and plug welded into the pipe. No drillingin replacement collars is furnished allowing forfield drilling to match existing bolt holes.

End lugs are welded opposite the carrying sideof the conveyor flight and provide maximumsupport with minimum obstruction of materialflow.

Coupling Bolts

Internal Collar

Discharge End End Lugs

Feed EndFlow

–* R For Right Hand Flight –* L For Left Hand Flight

CouplingDiameter

OutsidePipe

Diameter

BoltSize

PartNumberStandard

WeightEachLbs.

CouplingDiameter

InsidePipe

Diameter

PartNumberStandard

WeightEachLbs.


H-86

Coupling Shafts

Coupling Part

CC — Coupling Shaft Std.*

CCC — Close Coupling Shaft

CHE — Hanger End Shaft*

* Add suffix H if Hardened

Coupling Diameter2 — 1" 5 — 2-7/16"3 — 1-1/2" 6 — 3"4 — 2" 7 —3-7/16"

CC 5

Drive & End Shafts

Drive Shaft Number1 — #1 Drive Shaft Only2 — #2 Single Bearing Pedestal3 — #3 Double Bearing Pedestal

TypeCD — Drive ShaftCE — End Shaft

Seal Type(Delete if without seal)P — PlateW — Waste Pack

Coupling Diameter2 — 1" 5 — 2-7/16"3 — 1-1/2" 6 — 3"4 — 2" 7 — 3-7/16"

Bearing TypeBB — BallRB — Roller

1 CD 5 BB W

COUPLING

CLOSE

END

HANGEREND

#1DRIVE

SPECIALDRIVE

Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyorscrews and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. C-1045steel couplings are normally furnished; however couplings withhardened bearing surfaces may be furnished where highly abrasivematerials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease ofinstallation.

Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where nohanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and aretherefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jigdrilled for ease of assembly and close diametral tolerances are heldfor proper bearing operation.

Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyorsection to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairsto divide an excessively long conveyor assembly between twodrives.

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates arefurnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Length, bearing location, seals and keyway location and size asrequired.

Shaft


H-87

No. 1Drive Shaft

1 1CD2BB 9 3 3 1.8 11⁄2 1CD3BB 111⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄4 5.6 2 1CD4BB 131⁄8 37⁄8 41⁄2 11.5 27⁄16 1CD5BB 151⁄8 43⁄4 51⁄2 18.0 3 1CD6BB 165⁄8 55⁄8 6 32.0 37⁄16 1CD7BB 205⁄8 65⁄8 71⁄4 52.5

1 1CD2BB-P 91⁄2 31⁄2 3 2.0 11⁄2 1CD3BB-P 123⁄8 43⁄8 31⁄4 6.2 2 1CD4BB-P 14 43⁄4 41⁄2 12.5 27⁄16 1CD5BB-P 157⁄8 51⁄2 51⁄2 21 3 1CD6BB-P 171⁄2 61⁄2 6 35 37⁄16 1CD7BB-P 211⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄4 56.5

1 1CD2BB-W 101⁄2 33⁄4 3 2.0 11⁄2 1CD3BB-W 131⁄4 51⁄4 31⁄4 6.4 2 1CD4BB-W 147⁄8 55⁄8 41⁄2 13.0 27⁄16 1CD5BB-W 167⁄8 61⁄2 51⁄2 20.5 3 1CD6BB-W 183⁄8 73⁄8 6 35.5 37⁄16 1CD7BB-W 227⁄8 87⁄8 71⁄4 58.4

*Shaft length allows for 1⁄2 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw**Consult Factory

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard endplates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of instal lation.

**Consult Factory

**Consult Factory

1 1CD2B 91⁄2 31⁄2 3 2.0 11⁄2 1CD3B 123⁄4 43⁄4 31⁄4 6.3 2 1CD4B 15 53⁄4 41⁄2 13.3 27⁄16 1CD5B 173⁄8 7 51⁄2 21.0 3 1CD6B 191⁄8 81⁄8 6 37.0 37⁄16 1CD7B 23 9 71⁄4 60.4

1 1CD2B-P 10 4 3 2.1 11⁄2 1CD3B-P 131⁄4 51⁄4 31⁄4 6.6 2 1CD4B-P 151⁄4 61⁄4 41⁄2 14.1 27⁄16 1CD5B-P 183⁄8 8 51⁄2 24.3 3 1CD6B-P 195⁄8 85⁄8 6 38.0 37⁄16 1CD7B-P 241⁄8 101⁄8 71⁄4 61.0

1 1CD2B-W 11 41⁄4 3 2.2 11⁄2 1CD3B-W 141⁄2 61⁄2 31⁄4 7.2 2 1CD4B-W 163⁄4 71⁄4 41⁄2 14.9 27⁄16 1CD5B-W 191⁄8 83⁄4 51⁄2 23.3 3 1CD6B-W 207⁄8 97⁄8 6 40.5 37⁄16 1CD7B-W 257⁄8 117⁄8 71⁄4 66.3

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal*

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals*

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal*

Shaft PartDiameter Number C G H Weight

Bronze BearingShaft Part

Diameter Number C G H Weight

Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing


H-88

1 2CD2 11 31⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄2 8 2.5

11⁄2 2CD3 161⁄2 5 31⁄4 31⁄2 113⁄4 8.3

2 2CD4 183⁄4 51⁄4 41⁄4 41⁄2 14 17.0

27⁄16 2CD5 217⁄8 6 51⁄2 51⁄2 17 29.0

3 2CD6 231⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 181⁄2 49.0

37⁄16 2CD7 27 63⁄4 6 71⁄2 201⁄4 75.0

Drive Shaft Keyways

1 3CD2 151⁄2 91⁄4 3 121⁄4 3

11⁄2 3CD3 201⁄4 121⁄2 31⁄4 153⁄4 10

2 3CD4 22 123⁄4 41⁄2 171⁄4 21

27⁄16 3CD5 245⁄8 141⁄4 51⁄2 193⁄4 36

3 3CD6 257⁄8 143⁄4 6 203⁄4 62

37⁄16 3CD7 297⁄8 157⁄8 71⁄4 231⁄8 95

1 1⁄4 1⁄8

11⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16

2 1⁄2 1⁄4

27⁄16 5⁄8 5⁄16

3 3⁄4 3⁄8

37⁄16 7⁄8 7⁄16

No. 2 and No. 3Drive Shafts

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C G H J P Weight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C G H P Weight

No. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestaltype trough ends with single bearing arefurnished. Jig drilling allows for ease ofinstallation.

No. 2 Drive Shaft

No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal typetrough ends with double bearings are furnished.Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

No. 3 Drive Shaft

ShaftDiameter A B


H-89

1 CC2 1⁄2 1⁄2 2 71⁄2 3 11⁄2 1.511⁄2 CC3 7⁄8 7⁄8 3 111⁄2 43⁄4 2 5.62 CC4 7⁄8 7⁄8 3 111⁄2 43⁄4 2 9.827⁄16 CC5 15⁄16 15⁄16 3 123⁄4 47⁄8 3 15.43 CC6 1 1 3 13 5 3 23.837⁄16 CC7 11⁄2 11⁄4 4 171⁄2 63⁄4 4 44.5

1 CCC2 6 3 1.311⁄2 CCC3 91⁄2 43⁄4 4.82 CCC4 91⁄2 43⁄4 8.527⁄16 CCC5 93⁄4 47⁄8 12.93 CCC6 10 5 20.037⁄16 CCC7 131⁄2 63⁄4 37.0

1 CHE2 45⁄8 15⁄8 1.011⁄2 CHE3 67⁄8 21⁄8 3.52 CHE4 67⁄8 21⁄8 6.227⁄16 CHE5 81⁄8 31⁄4 10.63 CHE6 81⁄4 31⁄4 16.537⁄16 CHE7 111⁄4 41⁄4 29.7

Shafts

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber*

A1 A B C D G Weight

Conveyor couplings are used to join individuallengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotationwithin the hanger bearing. Mild steel couplings arenormally furnished; however induction hardenedbearing area couplings may be furnished wherehighly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jigdrilling allows for ease of installation.

Coupling

*Add — H for Hardened Shaft. Shaft is induction hardened in bearing areaonly to 40-50 RC.

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C D Weight

Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screwswhere no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows forease of installation.

Close Coupling

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber* C G WeightHanger end shafts are designed to connect only

one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. Theseshafts may also be used in pairs to divide anexcessively long conveyor assembly beween twodrives.

Hanger End

*Add — H for Hardened ShaftShaft is induction hardened in bearingarea only to 40-50 RC.


H-90

EndShaft

1 CE2B 61⁄2 31⁄2 1.4 11⁄2 CE3B 91⁄4 41⁄2 4.5 2 CE4B 101⁄4 51⁄2 9.0 27⁄16 CE5B 117⁄8 7 15.4 3 CE6B 131⁄8 81⁄8 25.6 37⁄16 CE7B 163⁄8 95⁄8 42.4

1 CE2BB-P 61⁄2 31⁄2 1.4 11⁄2 CE3BB-P 9 41⁄4 4.5 2 CE4BB-P 93⁄8 45⁄8 8.327⁄16 CE5BB-P 101⁄8 51⁄4 13.1 3 CE6BB-P 111⁄2 61⁄2 23.0 37⁄16 CE7BB-P 141⁄8 73⁄8 37.1

1 CE2B-P 7 4 1.5 11⁄2 CE3B-P 101⁄4 51⁄2 5.1 2 CE4B-P 111⁄4 61⁄2 10.0 27⁄16 CE5B-P 127⁄8 8 17.0 3 CE6B-P 135⁄8 85⁄8 29.8 37⁄16 CE7B-P 167⁄8 101⁄8 44.0

1 CE2BB 6 3 1.2 11⁄2 CE3BB 81⁄4 31⁄2 3.8 2 CE4BB 85⁄8 37⁄8 7.5 27⁄16 CE5BB 95⁄8 43⁄4 12.4 3 CE6BB 105⁄8 55⁄8 20.8 37⁄16 CE7BB 133⁄8 65⁄8 34.4

1 CE2B-W 8 5 1.6 11⁄2 CE3B-W 11 61⁄4 5.2 2 CE4B-W 12 71⁄4 10.4 27⁄16 CE5B-W 135⁄8 83⁄4 17.6 3 CE6B-W 147⁄8 97⁄8 28.2 37⁄16 CE7B-W 185⁄8 117⁄8 48.0

1 CE2BB-W 71⁄2 33⁄4 1.4 11⁄2 CE3BB-W 10 51⁄4 4.8 2 CE4BB-W 103⁄8 55⁄8 9.0 27⁄16 CE5BB-W 113⁄8 61⁄2 14.8 3 CE6BB-W 123⁄8 73⁄8 24.0 37⁄16 CE7BB-W 155⁄8 87⁄8 40.2

*Add – H for Hardened Shaft.**Shaft length allows for 1⁄2 hanger bearing length, clearance between end plate and screw.

***Consult Factory

End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor sectionand are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. Endshafts are j ig dri l led for ease of assembly and closediametrical tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.

***Consult Factory

***Consult Factory

End Shaft Used Without Seal**

End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal**

End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal**

Shaft PartDiameter Number* C G Weight


Diameter Number* C G Weight

Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing


H-91

Hangers

Style 226

Style 216

Style 220

Style 230

Style 316

Style 326

No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting inside thetrough permitting dust-tight or weather-proof operation. Thistype hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material flow inhigh capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.

No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. Thishanger is flush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tightor weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished withother bearings.

No. 220 hangers are designed for mount on top of the troughflanges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proofoperation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimumobstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors.Available with friction type bearing.

No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications wheremounting on top of the trough flanges is required. Hard iron orbronze bearings are normally furnished; however, otherbearings are available.

No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyorswhere abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between thescrew and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, this hanger can be furnished withother bearings.

No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction ofmaterial flow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heatrequires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyortrough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished, butother type bearings are available.


H-92

Hangers

Style 60

No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanentlylubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permitstemperatures up to 245º F. and will allow for up to 4º shaftmisalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough flanges.Grease fitting can be furnished if specified.

Style 70

No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanentlylubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permittemperatures up to 245º F. and will allow for up to 4º shaftmisalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease fittingscan be furnished if specified.

Style 30

No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyortrough on the noncarrying side and permit a minimum of obstructionof material flow. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 216F

The No. 19B hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18B exceptthey are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges providesupports for the ends of the cover. They are streamline in design andpermit free passage of the material. They are regularly furnished withArguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special capscan be furnished.

Style 19B

No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and aremounted inside of flared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, other bearings are available.

Air PurgedHanger

Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty andabrasive materials which contribute to shutdowns and hanger bearingfailures. Air-swept hangers are available for 9"-24" conveyors. Theyshould not be used when handling hot materials (over 250º F) or wetsticky materials or when handling non abrasive materials when aninexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. In service, air-purgedhangers deliver relatively trouble-free operation. They help solve noisenuisance problems, and they help reduce power requirement becauseof the low coefficient of fraction. Maximum trough loading should notexceed 15%. The air, at approximately 1-1/4 PSI enters the housing atthe top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated aroundthe coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Thus the bearing isprotected from dust and the material in the trough at all times. Only 3to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.


H-93

4 1 4CH2202 35⁄8 31⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄4 61⁄2 2 11⁄2 71⁄4 5⁄16 × 3 ⁄4 5 6 11⁄2 6CH2203 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 83⁄4 21⁄2 2 93⁄4 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 7 9 11⁄2 9CH2203 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 9

2 9CH2204 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 11 10 11⁄2 10CH2203 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 10

2 10CH2204 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 12 12 2 12CH2204 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 2 171⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 16

27⁄16 12CH2205 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 21 3 12CH2206 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 28

14 27⁄16 14CH2205 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 26 3 14CH2206 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 33

16 3 16CH2206 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 193⁄4 21⁄2 3 211⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 39 18 3 18CH2206 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 3 241⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 41

37⁄16 18CH2207 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 4 241⁄2 49 20 3 20CH2206 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 3 261⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 43

37⁄16 20CH2207 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 4 261⁄2 51 24 37⁄16 24CH2207 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 281⁄4 31⁄2 4 301⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 57

4 1 4CH2262 5 35⁄8 31⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄4 5⁄8 2 11⁄2 5⁄16 × 5⁄16 5 6 11⁄2 6CH2263 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄4 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 7 9 11⁄2 9CH2263 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 9

2 9CH2264 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 11 10 11⁄2 10CH2263 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 10

2 10CH2264 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 12 12 2 12CH2264 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 16

27⁄16 12CH2265 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 21 3 12CH2266 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 28

14 27⁄16 14CH2265 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 26 3 14CH2266 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 33

16 3 16CH2266 17 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 39 18 3 18CH2266 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 41

37⁄16 18CH2267 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 49 20 3 20CH2266 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 43

37⁄16 20CH2267 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 51 24 37⁄16 24CH2267 25 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 13⁄4 31⁄2 4 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 57

Style 220No. 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top ofthe trough flanges and may be used where dust-tightor weather proof operation is not required. This typehanger allows for minimum obstruction of materialflow in high capacity conveyors. Available withfriction type bearing.

*Refer to Page H-99 for bearingsNOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number* B C D E F H K L M Weight

Slot Each

Style 226No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting insidethe trough permitt ing dust-t ight or weather-proofoperation. This type hanger allows for minimumobstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors.Also available with friction type bearing.

*Refer to Page H-99 for bearings *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

A B C D E F H KConveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

M WeightSlot Each

Pipe Tap 1⁄8"

M SLOTBolts E

Pipe Tap 1⁄8"

M SLOTBolts E

Hangers


H-94

6 11⁄2 6CH2163 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄4 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 5 9 11⁄2 9CH2163 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 7

2 9CH2164 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 9 10 11⁄2 10CH2163 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 8

2 10CH2164 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 10 12 2 12CH2164 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 14

27⁄16 12CH2165 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 18 3 12CH2166 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 21

14 27⁄16 14CH2165 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 23 3 14CH2166 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 25

16 3 16CH2166 17 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 28 18 3 18CH2166 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 34

37⁄16 18CH2167 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 44 20 3 20CH2166 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 36

37⁄16 20CH2167 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 47 24 37⁄16 24CH2167 25 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 53

6 11⁄2 6CH2303 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 83⁄4 21⁄2 2 93⁄4 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 6 9 11⁄2 9CH2303 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 8

2 9CH2304 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 10 10 11⁄2 10CH2303 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 9

2 10CH2304 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 11 12 2 12CH2304 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 2 171⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 15

27⁄16 12CH2305 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 20 3 12CH2306 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 25

14 27⁄16 14CH2305 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 24 3 14CH2306 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 29

16 3 16CH2306 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 193⁄4 21⁄2 3 211⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 35 18 3 18CH2306 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 3 241⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 34

37⁄16 18CH2307 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 4 241⁄2 47 20 3 20CH2306 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 3 261⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 40

37⁄16 20CH2307 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 4 261⁄2 49 24 37⁄16 24CH2307 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 281⁄4 31⁄2 4 301⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 55

A B C D E F H K

Style 230No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy dutyapplications where mounting on top of the troughflange is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, other bearings areavailable.


B C D E F H K LConveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

M WeightSlot Each

Pipe Tap 1⁄8"M SLOT

Bolts E

Style 216No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy dutyapplications. This hanger is flush mounted inside thetrough permitt ing dust t ight or weather proofoperation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normallyfurnished; however, the hanger can be furnished withother bearings.


Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

M WeightSlot Each

Hangers


H-95

6 11⁄2 6CH3163 6CH3263 7 41⁄2 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄4 41⁄2 29 11⁄2 9CH3163 9CH3263 10 61⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 2

2 9CH3164 9CH3264 10 61⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 210 11⁄2 10CH3163 10CH3263 11 63⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 2

2 10CH3164 10CH3264 11 63⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 212 2 12CH3164 12CH3264 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄4 5 2

27⁄16 12CH3165 12CH3265 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄4 5 33 12CH3166 12CH3266 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄4 5 3

14 27⁄16 14CH3165 14CH3265 15 91⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄8 5 33 14CH3166 14CH3266 15 91⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄8 5 3

16 3 16CH3166 16CH3266 17 105⁄8 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄8 5 318 3 18CH3166 18CH3266 19 121⁄8 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 3

37⁄16 18CH3167 18CH3267 19 121⁄8 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 420 3 20CH3166 20CH3266 21 131⁄2 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 3

37⁄16 20CH3167 20CH3267 21 131⁄2 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 424 37⁄16 24CH3167 24CH3267 25 161⁄2 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 13⁄4 51⁄4 4

9 9CHAPH3 11⁄2 15 10 3⁄8 41⁄2 61⁄8 11⁄4 1 2 1⁄49CHAPH4 2 20 3⁄8

12 12CHAPH4 2 30 13 1⁄2 5 71⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 2 1⁄412CHAPH5 27⁄16 52 3 12CHAPH6 3 68 3

14 14CHAPH5 27⁄16 60 15 1⁄2 5 91⁄4 11⁄4 13⁄8 3 3⁄814CHAPH6 3 74

16 16CHAPH6 3 77 17 1⁄2 5 105⁄8 11⁄4 13⁄8 3 1⁄818 18CHAPH6 3 91 19 5⁄8 6 121⁄8 13⁄4 15⁄8 3 1⁄220 20CHAPH6 3 105 21 5⁄8 6 131⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄8 3 1⁄2

20CHAPH7 37⁄16 140 424 24CHAPH7 37⁄16 155 25 5⁄8 6 161⁄2 13⁄4 15⁄8 4 1⁄2

A B C D E F H K

A B C D F H L T

Space required on coupling for hanger. Dimensions in inches.Air supply should be clean and dry. Weight in pounds.

Air Purged HangerAir purged hangers are recommendedwhen handling dusty and abrasivematerials which contribute to shut-downsand hanger bearing failures. They shouldnot be used when handling hot materials(over 250°F) or wet sticky materials orwhen handling nonabrasive materialswhen an inexpensive hanger will do the jobsatisfactorily. Maximum trough loadingshould not exceed 15%. The air, atapproximately 11⁄4 PSI, enters the housingat the top, passes over and around thebearing, and is dissipated around thecoupling shaft on both sides of thehousing. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minuteis required to keep each hanger bearingclean.

Style 316No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy dutyuse in conveyors where abnormal heatrequires unequal expansion between thescrew and conveyor trough. Hard iron orbronze bearings are normally used; however,this hanger can be furnished with otherbearings.

Style 326No. 326 hangers are designed to permitminimum obstruction of material flow and areused in conveyors where abnormal heatrequires unequal expansion between thescrew and the conveyor trough. Hard iron orbronze bearings are normally used, but othertype bearings are available.

Pipe Tap 1⁄8"

Bolts E

Pipe Tap 1⁄8"

Bolts E

B - BoltSize

StandardCouplingDrilling


ConveyorDiameter

CouplingSize Style

316*Style326*

Part Number

ScrewDiameter

PartNumber

ShaftDia.

WeightEach

Hangers


H-96

6 11⁄2 6CH216F3 14 7 71⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 7⁄8 6 2 9 7⁄16 × 3⁄49 11⁄2 9CH216F3 18 9 9 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 7 2 14 7⁄16 × 15⁄16

2 9CH216F4 17 12 2 12CH216F4 22 10 9 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 7 2 24 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

27⁄16 12CH216F5 3 28 3 12CH216F6 32

14 27⁄16 14CH216F5 24 11 9 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄8 7 3 31 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 14CH216F6 34 16 3 16CH216F6 28 111⁄2 9 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄4 7 3 38 11⁄16 × 1 18 3 18CH216F6 31 121⁄8 10 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 8 3 52 11⁄16 × 15⁄16

37⁄16 18CH216F7 4 61 20 3 20CH216F6 34 131⁄2 10 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 8 3 55 11⁄16 × 15⁄16

37⁄16 20CH216F7 4 64 24 37⁄16 24CH216F7 40 161⁄2 10 5⁄8 5⁄8 15⁄8 8 4 71 11⁄16 × 15⁄16

6 11⁄2 6CH303 31⁄2 41⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄8 5⁄16 31⁄8 1⁄2 2 3 9 11⁄2 9CH303 5 57⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 41⁄4 1⁄2 2 6

2 9CH304 5 57⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄8 41⁄4 1⁄2 2 8 10 11⁄2 10CH303 51⁄2 63⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄8 1⁄2 43⁄8 3⁄4 2 8

2 10CH304 51⁄2 63⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 43⁄8 3⁄4 2 9 12 2 12CH304 61⁄2 71⁄2 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄2 3⁄4 2 12

27⁄16 12CH305 61⁄2 71⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄2 3⁄4 3 18 3 12CH306 61⁄2 71⁄2 2 5⁄8 1⁄2 51⁄2 3⁄4 3 20

14 27⁄16 14CH305 71⁄2 9 2 1⁄2 5⁄8 67⁄8 7⁄8 3 20 3 14CH306 71⁄2 9 2 5⁄8 5⁄8 67⁄8 7⁄8 3 22

16 3 16CH306 81⁄2 103⁄8 2 5⁄8 5⁄8 8 1 3 32 18 3 18CH306 91⁄2 117⁄8 2 3⁄4 5⁄8 8 11⁄4 3 30

37⁄16 18CH307 91⁄2 117⁄8 3 3⁄4 5⁄8 8 11⁄4 4 33 20 3 20CH306 101⁄2 131⁄4 2 3⁄4 5⁄8 101⁄4 11⁄4 3 32

37⁄16 20CH307 101⁄2 131⁄4 3 3⁄4 5⁄8 101⁄4 11⁄4 4 38 24 37⁄16 24CH307 121⁄2 161⁄4 3 3⁄4 3⁄4 123⁄4 11⁄2 4 46

A B C D E F G H

A B C D E F H K

Style 216FNo. 216F hangers are designed forheavy duty applications and aremounted inside of flared trough.Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; how ever, otherbearings are available.


Bolts E

C

Style 30No. 30 hangers are designed for side mountingwithin the conveyor trough on the non-carryingside and permit a minimum of obstruction ofmaterial flow. Available with friction type bearing.


Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Diameter Number*

WeightEach

Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Diameter Number*

Weight MEach Slot

Hangers


H-97

6 11⁄2 6CH603 93⁄4 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 83⁄4 111⁄16 2 7 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

9 11⁄2 9CH603 131⁄2 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 111⁄16 21⁄2 8 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

2 9CH604 131⁄2 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄2 9 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

10 11⁄2 10CH603 141⁄2 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 111⁄16 21⁄2 9 7⁄16 × 15⁄16

2 10CH604 141⁄2 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄2 10 7⁄16 × 15⁄16

12 2 12CH604 171⁄2 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄2 12 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

27⁄16 12CH605 171⁄2 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 163⁄64 21⁄2 20 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 12CH606 171⁄2 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 211⁄16 21⁄2 30 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

14 27⁄16 14CH605 191⁄2 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 163⁄64 21⁄2 21 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 14CH606 191⁄2 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 211⁄32 21⁄2 32 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

16 3 16CH606 211⁄2 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 193⁄4 211⁄32 21⁄2 35 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

18 3 18CH606 241⁄2 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 211⁄32 31⁄2 40 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

20 3 20CH606 261⁄2 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 211⁄32 31⁄2 45 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

24 37⁄16 24CH607 301⁄2 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 281⁄4 231⁄64 31⁄2 58 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

6 11⁄2 6CH703 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄16 111⁄16 11/2 7 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

9 11⁄2 9CH703 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 8 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

2 9CH704 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 9

10 11⁄2 10CH703 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 9 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

2 10CH704 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 10

12 2 12CH704 13 73⁄4 5 11⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 13⁄4 21⁄8 12 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

27⁄16 12CH705 13 73⁄4 5 11⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 163⁄64 21⁄8 20 3 12CH706 13 73⁄4 5 11⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 211⁄32 21⁄8 30

14 27⁄16 14CH705 15 91⁄4 5 13⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 163⁄64 21⁄4 21 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 14CH706 15 91⁄4 5 13⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄4 32

16 3 16CH706 17 105⁄8 5 13⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄4 35 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

18 3 18CH706 19 121⁄8 6 11⁄2 5⁄8 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄2 40 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

20 3 20CH706 21 131⁄2 6 11⁄2 5⁄8 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄2 45 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

24 37⁄16 24CH707 25 161⁄2 6 15⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 211⁄32 25⁄8 58 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

A B C D E F H J

A B C D E F G H

*For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

*For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

Style 70No. 70 hangers are furnished with aheavy duty, permanently lubricatedand sealed, self aligning ballbearing which permits temperaturesup to 245º F. and will allow for up to4º shaft misalignment. This hangeris mounted inside the trough.Grease fitting can be furnished ifspecified.

Style 60No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavyduty, permanently lubricated and sealed,self-aligning ball bearing which permitstemperatures up to 245º F. and will allow forup to 4º shaft misalignment. This hanger ismounted on top of the trough flanges.Grease fitting can be furnished if specified.

Conveyor Coupling Part Diameter Size Number*

Weight M Each Slot

M Slot

Bolts E

M SlotBolts E

Conveyor Coupling Part Diameter Size Number*

Weight M Each Slot

Hangers

H97 - H112 MHC - ELF-new.qxp_H97 - H112 4/30/14 1:49 PM Page H-97

H-98

6 11⁄2 6CH19B3 8.5 97⁄8 41⁄2 17⁄8 7⁄8 83⁄4 9⁄16 61⁄2 1⁄8

9 11⁄2 9CH19B3 13.0 131⁄2 61⁄8 13⁄4 1 121⁄4 9⁄16 91⁄2 1⁄8 2 9CH19B4 15.5 131⁄2 61⁄8 13⁄4 1 121⁄4 9⁄16 91⁄2 1⁄8

10 11⁄2 10CH19B3 14.0 141⁄2 63⁄8 13⁄4 1 131⁄4 9⁄16 101⁄2 1⁄8 2 10CH19B4 101⁄2

12 2 12CH19B4 24.0 17 73⁄4 2 11⁄4 153⁄4 9⁄16 121⁄2 1⁄8 27⁄16 12CH19B5 24.5 17 73⁄4 21⁄8 15⁄6 153⁄4 9⁄16 121⁄2 1⁄8 3 12CH19B6 121⁄2

14 27⁄16 14CH19B5 37.0 191⁄4 91⁄4 3 11⁄2 173⁄4 9⁄16 141⁄2 1⁄8 3 14CH19B6 141⁄4

16 3 16CH19B6 45.0 211⁄4 105⁄8 3 13⁄4 193⁄4 11⁄16 161⁄2 1⁄8

18 3 18CH19B6 48.5 233⁄4 121⁄8 3 15⁄8 221⁄4 11⁄16 181⁄2 1⁄8

20 37⁄16 20CH19B7 60.0 261⁄4 131⁄2 4 11⁄2 241⁄4 13⁄16 20 1⁄8

A B C D F J

Style 19BThe No. 19-B Hanger is similar inconstruction to the No. 18-B except theyare mounted on top of the troughangles. Built-in ledges provide supportsfor the ends of the cover. They arestreamlined in design and permit freepassage of the material.

Top half is furnished with bronzebearing. Bottom half can be supplied inoil impregnated wood, hard iron, or otherspecial caps may be furnished onrequest.

P = Sizeof Pipe

H = Sizeof Bolts

Conveyor Bearing Diameter Bore

HBolt

PPipe Part Number Weight

Hangers


H-99

Screw Conveyor HangerBearing Selection Application

1 Higher temperature ceramics are available.

BEARING MATERIALMAXIMUMOPERATINGTEMP. (˚F)

STYLES AVAILABLE MATERIAL FDACOMPLIANT SELF LUBE SOME SUGGESTED USES COMMENTS

Martin White Iron 500° 220 YesC hemical, Cement,

Aggregate

Requires hardened shaft.Can be noisy. Lubricationrequired in some applications.

Ertalyte® 200° 220, 216 Yes Food Registered Trademark of QuadrantEngineering Products

Gatke 400° 220, 216 ChemicalFiberglass fabric. Good for higherspeeds.

Martin HARD IRON 500° 220 YesC hemical, Cement,

AggregateRequires Hardened Shaft

CAST HARD IRON 500° 220, 216, 19BLiime, Cement, Salt,

Gypsum

Requires hardened shaft.Can be noisy. Lubricationrequired in some applications.

WOOD 160° 220, 216, 19B Yes Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Good general purpose.

Martin BRONZE 850° 220 YesGrain, Feed,Processing

High quality bearings. High loadcapacity.

NYLATRON GS 250° 220, 19B YesChemical, Handling,

Grain, FeedVery low load capacity.

UHMW 225° 220, 216 Yes Yes FoodMaterial USDA approved. Does notswell in water.

STELLITE 1000° 220, 216Chemical, Cement,

AggregateRequires Stellite insert in shaft.

INDUSTRIAL GRADEENGINEERED NYLON

160° 220 Yes Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Economical replacement for wood.

WHITE MELAMINE 190° 220 Yes FoodSuitable for repeat use in food contactapplications at temps not exceeding190°F.

FOOD GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON

300° 220 Yes Yes Food, Grain, Fertilizer For dry application.

BALL BEARING 180° 60, 70 Non-abrasive applications General purpose use.

Martin HDPE 200° 220 Yes YesGrain, Feed, Chemical

HandlingRecommended for non-abrasiveapplications

CERAMIC 1 1,000° 220, 216 Yes Chemical, Cement, Food Requires hardened shafts.

Martin URETHANE 200° 220 YES Grain, Chemical, Fertilizer Good general purpose.


H-100

11⁄2 CHB18B3*

18B 2 CHB18B4*

27⁄16 CHB18B5*

19B 3 CHB18B6*

37⁄16 CHB18B7*

216 11⁄2 CHB2163*

2 CHB2164*

230 27⁄16 CHB2165*

3 CHB2166*

316 37⁄16 CHB2167*

1 CHB2202*

11⁄2 CHB2203*

2 CHB2204*

27⁄16 CHB2205*

3 CHB2206*

37⁄16 CHB2207*

11⁄2 CHB603

2 CHB604

27⁄16 CHB605

3 CHB606

37⁄16 CHB607

220

226

326

30

60

70

*H—Hard Iron *W—Wood *BR – Bronze *U—UHMW *G—Gatke *ER – Ertalyte® *C—Ceramic * St—Stellite * UR - Urethane * Oil hole is furnished on hard iron and bronze standard.

Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.

*W—Wood *H—Hard Iron *N—Nylatron *G—Gatke Note: Furnished as bottom cap only.Ertalyte® is Registered Trademarks of Quadrant Engineered Plastic Products.

Hanger Type Shaft Diameter Part Number Bearing




BallBearing

BallBearing

*H — Cast Hard Iron with oil hole *W — Wood *N — Nylatron *P – HDPE *G—Gatke *ER – Ertalyte®

MHI — Martin Hard iron (oil impregnated) *MCB — Melamine (Furnished Less Flanges) *C – Ceramic *WN – White Nylon *WI – White Iron

*MBR — Martin Bronze (oil impregnated) *U — UHMW *UR – Urethane

HangerBearings


H-101

TroughCovers

Trough Cover

ConveyorDiameter

Cover Thickness16 — 16 GA.14 — 14 GA.12 — 12 GA10 — 10 GA.

Length of Cover

TypeTCP — PlainTCS — Semi FlangedTCF — FlangedTCH — Hip RoofTSC — Shroud

14 TCP 14 -12

It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components andconveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger OccupationalSafety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.

Flanged Covers Most commonly used.Can be supplied with gaskets and butt straps for dust tight applications.Semi-flanged must be furnished if spring clamps are used.

Flat Covers Usually used only to cover conveyor for safety.

FlaredTroughCovers

HipRoofCovers

ShroudCovers

DomedCovers

FeederShrouds

Usually flanged type and heavier gauges because of span.

Hip roof covers are similar to conventional flanged covers except they arepeaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded endplate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediatejoints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usuallyrecommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture.They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.

Used to approximate tubular cross section for inclined or feederapplications.

Domed covers are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter asthe trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the trough top rails. They areused where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed isrequired. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints arebuttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover.

Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease theclearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feedregulation. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority ofmaterials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size andgauge.


H-102

D L5/8"LL

TroughCover

4 4TCP16 16 1.5 73⁄4 4TCS16 16 2.1 71⁄8 4TCF16 16 1.9 83⁄8 4TCH16 16 2.0 * 4TCS14 14 2.6 4TCF14 14 2.4 4TCH14 14 2.5 83⁄8

6 6TCP16 16 2.0 103⁄8 6TCS16 16 2.3 91ß⁄8 6TCF16 16 2.1 103⁄8 6TCH16 16 2.3 103⁄8 * 6TCS14 14 3.8 6TCF14 14 2.6 6TCH14 14 2.8

9 9TCP14 14 3.5 133⁄8 9TCS14 14 4.1 131⁄8 9TCF16 16 3.2 14 9TCH16 16 3.3 14 9TCS12 12 5.7 9TCF14 14 3.9 9TCH14 14 4.1 9TCS10 10 7.3 9TCF12 12 5.5 * 9TCF10 10 7.1

10 10TCP14 14 3.8 143⁄8 10TCS14 14 4.4 141⁄8 10TCF16 16 3.4 15 10TCH16 16 3.5 15 10TCS12 12 6.1 10TCF14 14 4.2 10TCH14 14 4.3 10TCS10 10 7.8 10TCF12 12 5.9 * 10TCF10 10 7.6

12 12TCP14 14 4.6 171⁄2 12TCS14 14 5.1 171⁄8 12TCF14 14 4.9 18 12TCH14 14 5.0 18 12TCS12 12 7.1 12TCF12 12 6.9 12TCH12 12 7.1 ** 12TCS10 10 9.0 12TCF10 10 8.8

14 14TCP14 14 5.1 191⁄2 14TCS14 14 5.6 191⁄8 14TCF14 14 5.4 197⁄8 14TCH14 14 5.5 197⁄8 14TCS12 12 7.8 14TCF12 12 7.6 14TCH12 12 7.7 ** 14TCS10 10 9.9 14TCF10 10 9.7

16 16TCP14 14 5.6 211⁄2 16TCS14 14 6.1 211⁄8 16TCF14 14 5.9 217⁄8 16TCH14 14 6.1 217⁄8 16TCS12 12 8.5 16TCF12 12 8.3 16TCH12 12 8.5 ** 16TCS10 10 10.8 16TCF10 10 10.6

18 18TCP12 12 8.9 241⁄2 18TCS12 12 9.6 241⁄8 18TCF14 14 6.7 25 18TCH14 14 6.8 25 18TCS10 10 12.3 18TCF12 12 9.4 18TCH12 12 9.5 ** 18TCF10 10 12.1



For average applications where dust confinement is not a problem, 2'-0" centers or 10 fasteners per 10'-0" section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dusttight 1'-0" centers or 20 fasteners per 10'-0" section are suggested.

*L — Standard lengths are 5'-0" & 10'-0" **L — Standard lengths are 5', 6', 10' & 12'-0"

— Standard gauge

Type 1 Type 2

End Trough Cover —Type 1 Intermediate Trough Cover —Type 2

Type 3

End Trough Cover — Type 3

All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside thetrough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough definitelyshould be covered as a safety measure, preventing injuries by keeping workers clear ofthe moving parts inside the conveyor trough. See H-122, Safety.

Plain Cover

Semi-flanged Cover

Flanged Cover

Hip Roof Cover

Plain Cover PlainSemi-Flanged Cover Flanged Cover Hip Roof Cover

Thick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

DThick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

DThick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

DThick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

D

ConveyorDiameter


H-103

Dust TightInspection Doors

Martin Dust Tight Doors are stocked in Carbon Steel and 304SS, 316SS isavailable upon request. Special sizes also available upon request.

Carbon Steel Part Number

Stainless Steel Part Number

Size Description

0606PG-ID 0606PG-ID-SS 6" x6" C.S. construction with S.S.Hinge

0909PG-ID 0909PG-ID-SS 9"X9" C.S. construction with S.S.Hinge





MDT® Martin Dust Tight Doors

The Martin dust tight inspection door can be suppliedwith an expanded metal screen welded inside theopening to prevent physical access to moving parts.

These doors

are available from stock in many sizes. Custom sizes

• Moisture and Dust Tight.

• Heavy Duty Construction.

• Installs Easily on ExistingEquipment.

• Simple Operation.

• Stocked in Carbon Steel and304SS.

• 316SS Available upon request.

The Martin dust tight inspection door is ideal for visualinspection in dusty applications. Once installed, theMartin inspection door will give you years of trouble freeservice. It al lows eff icient access by authorizedpersonnel while maintaining security with a latch that can

be bolted or locked. The door comes with a pouredblack rubber door seal for chemical resistance and longlife. The hinge and latch on all models are laser cut of304 SS material for precision and corrosion resistance.


H-104

4 4CIF 4CID 1.8 5 71⁄2 71⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 21⁄4 — 21⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄16 1⁄4 6 6CIF 6CID 5.0 7 10 10 11⁄16 11⁄16 213⁄16 — 3 11⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8

9 9CIF 9CID 6.8 10 13 13 1⁄2 1⁄2 4 — 4 11⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 10 10CIF 10CID 7.4 11 141⁄4 141⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 45⁄16 — 43⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8

12 12CIF 12CID 12.1 13 171⁄4 171⁄4 7⁄8 7⁄8 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 2 3⁄16 3⁄8 14 14CIF 14CID 13.7 15 191⁄4 191⁄4 7⁄8 7⁄8 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 2 3⁄16 3⁄8

16 16CIF 16CID 15.8 17 211⁄4 211⁄4 7⁄8 7⁄8 33⁄4 4 4 2 3⁄16 3⁄8 18 18CIF 18CID 29.0 19 241⁄4 241⁄4 1 1⁄8 11⁄8 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄2

20 20CIF 20CID 31.8 21 261⁄4 261⁄4 1 1⁄8 11⁄8 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 21⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄2 24 24CIF 24CID 37.2 25 301⁄4 301⁄4 1 1⁄8 11⁄8 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 21⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄2

B F G H J K L

CSC—2 21⁄4 1 13⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 5⁄8 .42

A B C D E F G

4 – 24 QTC 6 to 8 713⁄16 215⁄16 125⁄32 2 11⁄4 5⁄16 5⁄8

A B C D E F G

SPCA—1 11⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄16 3⁄8 7⁄8 3⁄8 11⁄4 .50

C E

SPC—1 5⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄8 3 1 9⁄32 .38

A B C D E F G H J Wt.

SPCA—1 11⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄16 3⁄8 7⁄8 3⁄8 11⁄4 .50

A B C D E F G H J Wt.

Spring Clamps

Spring Clamps with Cover Bracket

Screw Clamps

Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching flanged or flat covers to trough.

Screw Clamps available in mild steel, stainless steel and zinc plated.

Spring Clamps

Spring Clamps with Brackets

Screw Clamps

Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quickaccessibility. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front ortop of clamp to the trough and can be adjusted to fit all sizes of trough,while allowing 90° to clear working area.

Clamp No.

Wt.

No. Requiredper 10´ SectionConveyor Part Number

ClampNo.

ClampNo.

Fixed Type

L Bolts

DetachableType

Red Sponge *White Rubber Rubber Rubber Conv. Dia. Size Size Size

4.6 RR125 SP125 WN125 1⁄8 × 11⁄4 11⁄8 × 11⁄4

1⁄8 × 11⁄4

9,10 RR150 SP150 WN150 1⁄8 × 11⁄2 1⁄8 × 11⁄2

1⁄8 × 11⁄2

12, 14, 16 RR200 SP200 WN200 1⁄8 × 2 1⁄8 × 2

1⁄8 × 2

18, 20, 24 RR250 SP250 WN250 1⁄8 × 21⁄2 1⁄8 × 21⁄2

1⁄8 × 21⁄2 Toggle Clamps* FDA Approved

CoverAccessories

ConveyorDiameter

Flanged Conveyor InletsThe two styles of flanged conveyor inlets aredesigned for either bolting or welding to flat orflanged conveyor trough cover. The inlet size andbolt arrangement is the same as the standardconveyor discharge spout.

Detach-ableInlet

Detach-ableInlet

DetachableInlet

FixedInlet

FixedInlet

FixedInlet

Weight

Part Number

Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-flanged covers to trough. These clampsare normally riveted to the trough flange and will pivot to allow removal of cover.

Spring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-flangedand plain covers.


H-105

Feeder Shrouds

4 4TFS14 4FFS14 5 35⁄8 — 2 — 4 5⁄8 — 8 1⁄4 1

6 6TFS14 6FFS14 7 41⁄2 7 3 14 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 12 5⁄16 1

6TFS12 6FFS12 7 41⁄2 7 3 14 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 12 5⁄16 1

9 9TFS14 9FFS14 10 61⁄8 9 3 18 6 7⁄8 3⁄4 18 3⁄8 2

9TFS7 9FFS7 10 61⁄8 9 3 18 6 7⁄8 3⁄4 18 3⁄8 2

10 10TFS14 10FFS14 11 63⁄8 — 21⁄2 — 5 7⁄8 — 20 3⁄8 3

10TFS7 10FFS7 11 63⁄8 — 21⁄2 — 5 7⁄8 — 20 3⁄8 3

12 12TFS12 12FFS12 13 73⁄4 10 3 22 6 11⁄8 1 24 3⁄8 3

12TFS7 12FFS7 13 73⁄4 10 3 22 6 11⁄8 1 24 3⁄8 3

14 14TFS12 14FFS12 15 91⁄4 11 31⁄2 24 7 11⁄8 1 28 3⁄8 3

14TFS7 14FFS7 15 91⁄4 11 31⁄2 24 7 11⁄8 1 28 3⁄8 3

16 16TFS12 16FFS12 17 105⁄8 111⁄2 4 28 8 11⁄8 1 32 3⁄8 3

16TFS7 16FFS7 17 105⁄8 111⁄2 4 28 8 11⁄8 1 32 3⁄8 3

18 18TFS12 18FFS12 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 41⁄2 31 9 13⁄8 13⁄8 36 3⁄8 3

18TFS7 18FFS7 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 41⁄2 31 9 13⁄8 11⁄8 36 3⁄8 3

20 20TFS10 20FFS10 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 4 34 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 40 3⁄8 4

20TFS7 20FFS7 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 4 34 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 40 3⁄8 4

24 24TFS10 24FFS10 25 161⁄2 161⁄2 4 40 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 48 3⁄8 5

24TFS7 24FFS7 25 161⁄2 161⁄2 4 40 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 48 3⁄8 5

14 Ga.

14 Ga.

12 Ga.

14 Ga.

3⁄16"

14 Ga.

3⁄16"

12 Ga.

3⁄16"

12 Ga.

3⁄16"

12 Ga.

3⁄16"

12 Ga.

3⁄16"

10 Ga.

3⁄16"

10 Ga.

3⁄16"

A C D E L T S

B

U U U

ScrewDiameterInches

ShroudThickness

Part No. F

Flared Flared Flared

Feeder ShroudsShrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtainproper feed regulation. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges areproportioned to trough size and gauge.

S = Spaces at E inchesBOLTS - T

Flared trough U-trough


H-106

ConveyorShrouds

Conveyor ShroudsConveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the featuresof a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or flanged covers can be used over theshroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds arefurnished to fit various applications. These types are described below.

Type 1

Type 1 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and flanged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length oftrough or between hangers.

Type 2

Type 2 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rails and flanged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This typeshroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.

Type 3

Type 3 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no flanges over ends. This type shroud is usedbetween hangers.

Type 4

Type 4 Shroud cover has no flanges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. Thisallows flush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengthswhen installed ahead of an inlet opening.


H-107

SpecialFeatures

SECTION IV

SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV

Covers ....................................................................................................................................H-108

Trough Ends ...........................................................................................................................H-109

Trough ....................................................................................................................................H-110

Conveyor Screws....................................................................................................................H-113

Discharges..............................................................................................................................H-118

Inlets .......................................................................................................................................H-119

Special Features

The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonlyused special features available in the design of conveyor systems.

These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added tothe many standard features available. Standard features and components are always moredesirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or more ofthese special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or moreefficient system.


H-108

Covers

OVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief tohandle overflow over the discharge in cases where the dischargemay become plugged. It is a short section of flanged or flat coverhinged across the width to the adjoining cover. The cover is notattached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressurefrom within the trough.

SHROUD COVERS are designed to fit inside a standardconveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor, andcreate a tubular trough effect. This cover has an advantage overtubular trough in that ease of access is combined with theconvenience of using standard hangers and accessories. Anadditional flat cover may be required over the shroud to preventaccumulation of dust or water in the recessed portion of theshroud cover.

EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover isrequired for safety but constant visual inspection is required.STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heaviergauges, when needed to support weight.

DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same insidediameter as the trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to thetrough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heatfrom the material being conveyed is required. End sections havea welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrapconnected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to thecover.

DUST SEAL COVERS are flanged down on all four sides tomatch channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and crosschannels of special dust seal troughs. The length of the covershould not exceed one-half the length of the trough section.

HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional flatcovers or most special covers. They are equipped with a hinge onone side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped tothe trough on the other side. Hinged covers are used inapplications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover, suchas in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall.

HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional flanged coversexcept they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the centerof the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section ateach end of the trough while intermediate joints are usuallybuttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommendedfor outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture.They are also often used in applications where a more rigidcover is required.


H-109

Trough Ends

SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings aremounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. Thisarrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.

BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremelydifficult. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end.

A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with anantifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease fitting can be furnished through the dead shaft forlubricating the bearing.


H-110

Trough

PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with aperforated bottom, and is used as a screening operation or drainsection when liquids are present in the conveyed material. Thesize of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on thematerial and application.

RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a flat bottom and canbe formed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom ofseparate pieces. This type trough is frequently used in handlingabrasive materials capable of forming a layer of material on thebottom of the trough. The material thus moves on itself,protecting the trough from undue wear. Also in handling hotmaterials, the material will form its own internal insulation with

TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube constructionor split tube construction with flanges for bolting or clamping thetwo halves together. This trough is a complete tube enclosureand is used for weather-tight applications, for loading to full crosssections, and for inclined or vertical applications where fall backnecessitates the housing to operate at a full loading.

WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction exceptwith a wider clearance between the outside of the conveyor screwand the inside of the trough. This type trough is used when it isdesirable to form a layer of conveyed material in the trough. Thematerial thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear.By using a wide clearance or oversize trough, a greater capacity thanusing a standard conveyor screw can be obtained for some materialsthat travel as a mass. When wide clearance trough is required, it ismore economical to use a standard conveyor screw and the nextlarger size standard trough.

BULK HEAD is a plate or baffle shaped to the contour of theinside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelveinches from the trough end. The bulk head protects the endbearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials,when the pocket formed is filled with packing or insulation. Thebulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage toseals and bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials.

EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough toallow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed.The expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots toallow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. Thenumber of joints and amount of expansion will depend on theapplication.

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.


H-111

Trough

CLOSE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional constructionexcept with a closer clearance between the outside of theconveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type troughleaves less material in the trough and is often used when agreater clean-out of conveyed material is required. This typetrough also minimizes fall back of certain materials in an inclinedconveyor.

DROP BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with either a bolted orclamped and completely removable drop bottom, or hinged onone side with bolts or clamps on the opposite side. This designoffers ease in cleaning of the trough and screw conveyor, and isoften used when handling food products where internalinspection and cleaning of the screw conveyor is necessary.

DUST SEAL TROUGH (Sometimes referred to as SAND SEALTROUGH) has Z-bar top flanges and formed channel crossmembers making a continuous channel pocket around the top ofthe trough into which a special flanged cover is set. The channelis filled with sand or dust of the product being conveyed, thuscreating an effective seal against the escape of dust from withinthe conveyor.

CLOSE


CHANNEL SIDE TROUGH is made with separate detachabletrough bottoms, bolted or clamped to formed or rolled steelchannels. The channels may be of any reasonable length to spanwidely spaced supports. This type of trough is occasionally usedfor easy replacement of trough bottoms, and to facilitate repairswhen conveyor screw and hangers are not accessible from thetop. The channel side trough can also be used without a bottomfor filling bins and hoppers.

HIGH SIDE TROUGH is of conventional construction except thatthe trough sides extend higher than standard from the center lineto the top of the trough. This type trough is frequently used inconveying materials which mat together and travel as a mass ontop of the conveyor screw. High side trough will confine this typematerial in the trough, but still affords the necessary expansionroom.

JACKETED TROUGH consists of a formed jacket continuouslywelded to the trough. This type trough is widely used for heating,drying or cooling of materials. Pipe connections are provided forsupply and discharge of the heating or cooling media. Specialconstruction must be provided for higher pressures.


H-112

Trough

HOLD DOWN ANGLES are used to hold the conveyor screw in the trough when the conveyor is operated without intermediatehangers or when chunks of material may tend to ride under the conveyor screw and push it up. The angle is constructed of formedor regular angle iron and is attached to one side of the full length of trough far enough above the conveyor screw to allowapproximately one-half inch clearance between the bottom angle and the conveyor screw.

INSULATED CONVEYOR TROUGH is used when handling hot or cold materials. There are many types of insulation materials andarrangements that can be used.

RIDER BARS are flat bars one to one and one-half inches in width running part of length or full length of the trough. Two or fourbars are normally used and are spaced an equal distance apart along the curved bottom of the trough. The bars are used tosupport the conveyor screw to prevent wear on the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. Rider bars are sometimesreferred to as Rifling Bars when they are used to assist in conveying materials that tend to stick to the conveyor screw and rotatewith it.

SADDLE TYPE WEAR PLATES are plates curved to the contour of the inside of the trough and of slightly less thickness than theclearance between the conveyor screw and trough. The plates are made in lengths of approximately one and one-half times thepitch of the conveyor screw and are normally spaced at intervals equal to the distance between hangers. They are used to supportthe conveyor screw to prevent damage to the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used.

SCREW ROTATION


STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Baffle) is a single plate boltedvertically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to thecontour of the screw. This plate is used to regulate the flow ofmaterial from an inlet by preventing flooding across the top of theconveyor screw.


H-113

ConveyorScrews

6 1 9 11⁄2 12 2 14 2 16 21⁄2 18 21⁄2 20 3 24 3

SPLIT FLIGHT COUPLINGS permit installation or removal of individual sections of conveyor screw without disturbing adjoiningsections. When they are installed on both sides of each hanger, sections of screw can be removed without disturbing the hangers.These must be furnished complete with matching shafts.

WEAR FLIGHTS, or wearing shoes, attached with countersunk bolts to the carrying side of conveyor screw flights are used forhandling highly abrasive materials and are easily replaceable.

QUICK DETACHABLE KEY CONVEYOR SCREW is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw isprovided with a removable key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with ahanger can be quickly removed without disturbing other components.

Screw Diameter Standard Width of Application

HARD SURFACED FLIGHTS sometimes called abrasive resistant conveyors can be furnished using one of many hardsurfacingprocesses. The hard surfaced area is normally an outer portion of the face of the flight on the carrying side of the conveyor screw.This process is applied to the conveyor screw to resist wear when handling highly abrasive materials.

NOTE: Weld-on typenormally 1⁄16"thick.

Helicoid Sectional

Width of Application Chart

H113 - H128 MHC - ELF-new.qxp_H113 - H128 5/1/14 10:09 AM Page H-113

H-114

SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are of regular construction except that the pitch of the flights is reduced. They arerecommended for use in inclined conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, and are extensively used as feeder screws, and forcontrolling cross sectional loading in the balance of a conveyor when short pitch is used at the inlet opening.

TAPERING FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS are frequently used as feeder screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins orhoppers and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

STEPPED DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREWS consist of flights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted intandem on one pipe or shaft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with the smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers toregulate the flow of material.

STEPPED PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are screws with succeeding single or groups of flights increasing in pitch and are usedas feeder screws to draw free-flowing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

CONE SCREW to withdraw material evenly from a hopper or bin. Constant pitch reduces bridging. Requires less start-uphorsepower.

ConveyorScrews


H-115

DOUBLE FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle flow and discharge of certain materials. Doubleflight can be used at hanger points only, for smooth flow past hangers.

DOUBLE FLIGHT SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS assure more accurate regulation of feed and flow in screw feeders andeffectively deter flushing action of fluid materials.

MULTIPLE RIBBON FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS. This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon flights of differentdiameters and opposite hand, mounted one within the other on the same pipe or shaft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is movedforward by one flight and backward by the other, thereby inducing positive and thorough mixing. (Made per customerspecifications.)

BREAKER PINS. The breaker pin is a rod approximately the same in length as the diameter of the conveyor screw and is insertedthrough the diameter of the pipe over the discharge to help break up lump materials.

CONTINUOUS WELDING of the conveyor screw flight to the pipe can be furnished with welding one side or both sides. Thiswelding is added to prevent stripping of flight from the pipe under extreme loads. The continuous welding can also be added to fillthe slight crack between the flight and pipe for sanitary purposes.

ConveyorScrews


H-116

ConveyorScrews

BEARING SHOES (Nylon, Teflon, Brass, and other bearing type materials.) Bearing shoes are used in place of internal bearingsand are bolted to the conveyor screw. They are made from bearing type material, and when attached to the conveyor screw flight,the bearing shoe projects beyond the outer edge of flighting and rotates with the screw thereby preventing metal to metal contactbetween the conveyor screw and the trough. The bearing shoes extend around the helix slightly more than one pitch and arespaced along the screw at approximately the same intervals as internal bearings.

EXTERNAL SLEEVES OR BOLT PADS are added to the outside diameter of conveyor screw pipe at the end where the couplingsare attached to reinforce the pipe at the bolt area.

KICKER BARS are flat bars projecting from the conveyor screw pipe extending to the outside diameter of the screw over thedischarge spout and are used to assist the discharge of materials.

MULTIPLE HOLE DRILLING of the conveyor screw pipe and shafts will increase the torque rating of the bolted sections.

External Sleeves Bolt Pads


H-117

ConveyorScrews

OPPOSITE HAND FLIGHTS are short sections (approximately one-half pitch) of flight added to the conveyor screw beyond thedischarge point and are the opposite hand of the rest of the screw. This flight opposes the flow of material that tends to carry pastthe discharge spout and pack at the end plate and forces the material back to the spout for discharge.

ODD DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREW is of conventional construction except oversize or undersize in diameter. This typeconveyor screw is used to provide a close clearance or wide clearance between the screw and trough and enable the use ofstandard component parts.

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW. This disc is welded flush with the end of the conveyor screw pipe and is the same diameteras the screw. It rotates with the conveyor screw and assists in relieving the thrust of the conveyed material against the end plateshaft seal.

CLOSE COUPLED CONVEYOR SCREW. This type screw forms a continuous helix when two or more conveyor screws are closecoupled by drilling the shaft of each to align the connecting flight.

ROTARY JOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING are attached to one or both end shafts to provide a flow of heating or coolingmedia through the conveyor screw pipe.

DISC


H-118

Discharges

ANGULAR DISCHARGES can be furnished when necessary forcertain applications. This type discharge is normally used oninclined conveyors when it is necessary that the discharge beparallel to ground level, or at other times when material must bedischarged to one side.

LONGER THAN STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUTS areapproximately one and one-half times the length of the standarddischarge spouts. This discharge is used with materials hard todischarge due to the material trying to convey past the dischargeopening. This discharge is also used when operating high speedconveyors.

ROUND DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished where required forattaching tubular attachments, or when one conveyor dischargesinto another conveyor at an angle other than a right angle. Byusing a round discharge and round inlet the connection is easilymade.

FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished with a specialtrough end plate constructed on trough end side of the spout.This type spout offers a complete discharge without a ledge atthe end plate for material build up. It is used primarily in handlingfood products, where infestation may occur.

AIR OPERATED FLAT SLIDE GATES are similar in action andpurpose to rack and pinion gates. The gate movement isaccomplished by an air cylinder. These gates are usuallyemployed when remote control and automatic operation isdesired.

LEVER OPERATED GATES are a modification of standard slidedischarges with a lever attached for opening and closing thegates. This attachment provides a leverage for ease of operationand a convenient means for quick opening and closing.

ENCLOSED DUST-TIGHT OR WEATHER-PROOF rack andpinion discharge spouts can be furnished in either flat or curvedslide and are similar in construction to conventional rack andpinion slide gates except that the slide, rack, and pinion are fullyenclosed in a housing.


H-119

AIR OPERATED CURVED SLIDE GATES are similar to standardrack and pinion gates except they are operated with an aircylinder. The air operated gate is usually used for remote controland automatic operation. These gates can also be furnished indust-tight or weather-proof construction with the cylinder and gatefully enclosed in the housing.

CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve thesame purpose as the deflector plate inlet, but are constructedwith a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into theconveyor.

SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means ofregulating or stopping the inlet flow to relieve the conveyor screwfrom excessive material pressures. When using the side inlet, thescrew rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure aconstant flow rate.

HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multipleinlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closedmanually to assure proper feed to the conveyor.

Dischargesand Inlets

ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments orwhen connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet ofanother at other than a right angle. This type connection is easilymade with round discharges and inlets.

DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fallvertically into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage orabrasion to the conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equippedwith deflector plates, or baffles, that dampen the impact of thematerial in order to feed the conveyor more gently.

HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough, mounted ontop of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. The hangerpocket forms a U-shape section for a short length, allowing theuse of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access tothe hanger.


H-120

Installation& Maintenance

INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION VInstallation and Erection......................................................................................................... H-120Operation and Maintenance................................................................................................... H-121Hazardous Operations........................................................................................................... H-121Warning & Safety Reminder .................................................................................................. H-122

SECTION VGeneral

All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components areusually designed and manufactured to the particular job specifications.

Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shopassembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and field re-assembly. When components only are ordered,shipment is made as ordered, and these components must be sorted out and aligned in field assembly.

Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in thefield and require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly arerequired. More time is required for field installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included withpreassembled units.

Caution: All Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow theseinstructions may result in serious personal injury or property damage.

InstallationReceiving

Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specifically check for dented or bent trough, bentflanges, bent flighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claimsshould be filed immediately with the carrier. NOTE: Handle Carefully! Fork lifts should have spreader bars to lift max. 24’ lengths ofassembled conveyors. Lift points should not exceed 10 - 12 feet.

ErectionFor shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly

can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In fielderection, the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shimsor grout should be used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made.

For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequencewith inlet and discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough flanges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottomcenter-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten flange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.

Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assembly shouldbegin at the drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or drive shaft, in theend bearing. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed.

Place the first screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts.Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the flight.

Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts.Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough.Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.

Piano Wire — Stretch Tight Angle Clip

Trough Joint


H-121

Installation& Maintenance

1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that flighting at each end is approximately 180° from ends of flighting of adjacentsections. Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws.

2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that flighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce acontinuous helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for flight alignment.)

Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws.Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or

bending.Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided.Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided.Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to

handle material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and driveequipment.

If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material flow.

OperationLubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service

instructions for lubrication.In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or

drive misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hangerbearings may cause some noise.)

1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufficient or excess lubricant will cause high operatingtemperatures.

2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy.3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary.Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of flow for which the conveyor and

drive were designed.If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is

particularly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a periodof time.

It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor.

MaintenancePractice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access

and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive.Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to ensure continuous maximum operating performance.To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows:1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical

power are disconnected before starting to disassemble.2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the

damaged or worn section is reached and removed.3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order.4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without first removing adjacent sections.Replacement parts can be identified from a copy of the original packing list or invoice.The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them

rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections.

Hazardous OperationsScrew conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous

environment.Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not

completely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gasketsand special bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material.

Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels.


H-122

Warning & Safety Reminder

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THECONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)

It is the responsibility of the contractor,installer, owner and user to install, maintain andoperate the conveyor, components and,conveyor assemblies in such a manner as tocomply with the Williams-Steiger OccupationalSafety and Health Act and with all state andlocal laws and ordinances and the AmericanNational Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1Safety Code.

In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardouscondition, the assemblies or parts must beinstalled and operated in accordance with thefollowing minimum provisions.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unlessall covers and/or guards for the conveyorand drive unit are in place. If the conveyor isto be opened for inspection cleaning,maintenance or observation, the electricpower to the motor driving the conveyormust be LOCKED OUT in such a mannerthat the conveyor cannot be restarted byanyone; however remote from the area, untilconveyor cover or guards and drive guardshave been properly replaced.

2. If the conveyor must have an openhousing as a condition of its use andapplication, the entire conveyor is then to beguarded by a railing or fence in accordancewith ANSI standard B20.1.(Request currentedition and addenda)

3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders orother manual or mechanical equipment shallbe constructed in such a way that theconveyor opening is covered by a grating. Ifthe nature of the material is such that agrating cannot be used, then the exposedsection of the conveyor is to be guarded by arailing or fence and there shall be a warningsign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance orrepairs of the conveyor until power has beenLOCKED OUT.

5. Always operate conveyor in accordancewith these instructions and those contained

on the caution labels affixed to theequipment.

6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part ofyour body, in the conveyor.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating orguards.

8. Do not use conveyor for any purposeother than that for which it was intended.

9. Do not poke or prod material into theconveyor with a bar or stick inserted throughthe openings.

10. Keep area around conveyor drive andcontrol station free of debris and obstacles.

11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy(materials or devices that could causeconveyor components to move withoutpower applied) before opening the conveyor.

12. Do not attempt to clear a jammedconveyor until power has been LOCKEDOUT.

13. Do not attempt field modification ofconveyor or components.

14. Conveyors are not normallymanufactured or designed to handlematerials that are hazardous to personnel.These materials which are hazardousinclude those that are explosive, flammable,toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel.Conveyors may be designed to handle thesematerials. Conveyors are not manufacturedor designed to comply with local, state orfederal codes for unfired pressure vessels. Ifhazardous materials are to be conveyed or ifthe conveyor is to be subjected to internal orexternal pressure, manufacturer should beconsulted prior to any modifications.

CEMA insists that disconnecting and lockingout the power to the motor driving the unitprovides the only real protection against injury.Secondary safety devices are available;however, the decision as to their need and thetype required must be made by the owner-

assembler as we have no information regardingplant wiring, plant environment, the interlockingof the screw conveyor with other equipment,extent of plant automation, etc. Other devicesshould not be used as a substitute for lockingout the power prior to removing guards orcovers. We caution that use of the secondarydevices may cause employees to develop afalse sense of security and fail to lock out powerbefore removing covers or guards. This couldresult in a serious injury should the secondarydevice fail or malfunction.

There are many kinds of electrical devices forinterlocking of conveyors and conveyorsystems such that if one conveyor in a systemor process is stopped other equipment feedingit, or following it can also be automaticallystopped.

Electrical controls, machinery guards,railings, walkways, arrangement of installation,training of personnel, etc., are necessaryingredients for a safe working place. It is theresponsibility of the contractor, installer, ownerand user to supplement the materials andservices furnished with these necessary itemsto make the conveyor installation comply withthe law and accepted standards.

Conveyor inlet and discharge openings aredesigned to connect to other equipment ormachinery so that the flow of material into andout of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

One or more warning labels should be visibleon conveyor housings, conveyor covers andelevator housings. If the labels attached to theequipment become illegible, please orderreplacement warning labels from the OEM orCEMA.

The Conveyor Equipment ManufacturersAssociation (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe Operation ofScrew Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and BucketElevators.” CEMA encourages acquisition anduse of this source of safety information tosupplement your safety program.

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safetyprogram. Users should consult with qualified engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and theusers of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

PROMINENTLY DISPLAYTHESE SAFETY LABELS

ONINSTALLED EQUIPMENT
